Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Simmons First National

Simmons First National

sfnc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sfnc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Simmons First National
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 0 9   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

inside front cover

inside back cover

J. Thomas May

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

p a g e   1

The financial sector will remember 2009 as one of the most challenging times in the last 50 years. While the 

majority of the 8,500 or so community banks did not contribute to the financial sector problems, they will be 

counted on to be a part of the solution and they will suffer from the unintended consequences of overzealous 

regulatory reform. Despite the economic turbulence, our company ended the year with asset quality, capital, 

liquidity, and earnings above our peer group of banks with $2.0 to $5.0 billion in assets.

In fact, we ended the year with our asset quality 

economy. While we do believe that our eight banks’ 

ranked in the 80th percentile, capital in the 95th 

conservative culture and strength of balance sheet 

percentile, and earnings in the 77th percentile of

has been a major contributing factor in our success; 

our peer group based on their September 30th 

we know that having our banking operations in 

numbers. In addition, during the year we focused 

Arkansas has contributed to that success. Arkansas 

on changing our deposit mix through a campaign 

is primarily a rural state that does not have the  

to grow core deposits. The program was a huge 

same highs and lows found in many other parts of 

success. We gained new customer relationships and 

the country. Likewise, we do not have the same 

approximately $150 million in new core deposits. 

growth opportunities as other markets in contiguous 

Obviously, we significantly improved our liquidity 

states. Although the recession has impacted 

and, based on the new deposit mix, we have less 

Arkansas, as reflected in the unemployment rate 

reliance on the more volatile and expensive time 

going from 5.8% in 2008 to 7.5% in 2009, our 

deposits. While high levels of liquidity have a 

employment situation is still significantly better 

negative impact on short term earnings, we believe 

than the national average. Overall, 2009 was a  

that liquidity is very important during a turbulent 

good year for our company and for our shareholders.

Despite the economic turbulence, our company  

ended the year with asset quality, capital, liquidity, 

and earnings above our peer group of banks.

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S   c o n t

i n u e d

p a g e   2

There were several significant events that took place during 2009 which we 

believe will have long term benefits to our shareholders. 

First, as discussed last year, we were one of the first banks to be approved 

for the Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Plan, which was offered to 

healthy banks during the darkest days of the recession. With a little luck and 

good timing, we were able to ultimately decline to participate because of the 

strength of our balance sheet and because of improvements in the economy. 

Secondly, we continued to have success with our credit card programs 

gaining 15,000 net new accounts throughout the year. Most of the accounts 

were received from customers moving from other credit card providers  

due to aggressive pricing and lowered limits. Obviously, we did not lower our 

underwriting standards as our approval rate remained in the 17% range.  

Our credit card asset quality, while elevated, continued to be exceptional with  

a loss ratio of 2.61% vs. 10.5% on a national basis. We have been ranked  

as one of the best credit cards in America by Money Magazine, the Wall 

Street Journal, and Kiplinger. Recently, cardrating.com ranked Simmons First 

as having the best low-rate credit card in America. Needless to say, we are 

very proud of this niche product and we look for it to continue to be a major 

contributor to our overall profits for the company. 

We have been ranked as one of the best  

credit cards in America by Money Magazine, 

the Wall Street Journal, and Kiplinger.

p a g e   3

Thirdly, our Student Loan operation continues to be a 

Fourth, Simmons First Trust Company was named the 

state wide leader in providing loans to the students  

Largest Trust Company in Arkansas with assets in excess 

of Arkansas. Unfortunately, the Federal Government  

of $2 billion, and our wealth management investment 

has decided to eliminate the private sector from this 

team was recognized by Pensions & Investment Management 

business after the 2010 and 2011 school year. Until then, 

magazine for outstanding performance in the Employee 

we will hope Congress will re-evaluate the government’s 

Benefit Income Fund over a period of one year. 

role in competing with the private sector and, hopefully, 

reverse the current proposal of moving everyone to  

A fifth accomplishment was that our company received 

the government direct loan program. 

the prestigious Arkansas Governor’s Leadership in Fitness 

award for our efforts in wellness programs structured to 

improve health in the workplace. 

Simmons First Trust 

Company was named 

the Largest Trust 

Company in Arkansas 

with assets in excess 

of $2 billion.

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S   c o n t

i n u e d

p a g e   4

A major event occurred in November when we 

The year saw us continue with certain initiatives and begin new 

engaged the brokerage firms of Stephens Inc., 

initiatives that will benefit our shareholders and customers. Beginning  

Stifel Nicolaus, and Raymond James to lead an 

in 2008, we identified efficiency opportunities that would enable  

“offensive” equity offering to raise $75 million  

us to better serve our customers and create economic benefit to our 

of new capital for the primary purpose of acquiring 

shareholders. We are in the final year of that three-year plan and 

other banks. We traveled to ten states in six days 

significant progress has been made.

making thirty-nine presentations to fifty investors. 

The offering proved to be very successful with  

The first initiative was to use our corporate buying power to 

the subscription being approximately 2.5 times the 

reduce the cost of certain contracts that were being negotiated at the 

intended issue. The new capital raised our tangible 

individual banks. That process was completed in 2009 and we  

capital ratio to 10.2%. We believe there is an 

achieved in excess of $1 million in annual benefits. 

unprecedented opportunity to acquire banks 

through FDIC assisted transactions. Our current 

The second initiative was labeled “Process Improvement Study.” 

capital will enable us to acquire $1.0 to $1.5  

This effort was to find ways to standardize the way we are serving our 

billion in new assets, which equates to 5 to 6 banks 

customers and to centralize certain back office operations. We are  

in the $200 to $300 million range. We have 

in the final stages of this study and will begin execution in the second 

targeted an area of 325 miles from the center of 

quarter of 2010. We believe these initiatives will add revenues and 

Arkansas, which would include some markets 

reduce expenses to a level that will create savings significantly above 

contiguous to Arkansas. While moving outside 

the previously mentioned “Corporate Buying Power” initiative. 

Arkansas would be different, we would retain  

our same conservative philosophy with a focus  

on community banking. We expect to see some  

of the purchase opportunities over the next  

eighteen-month period. 

2009 has been a busy year. 

We have weathered the economic turbulence amazingly well.

p a g e   5

A final initiative is related to what we call 

As you can see, 2009 has been a busy year. We have weathered the 

“Branch Right Sizing.” Over the past two years we 

economic turbulence amazingly well, and we will continue to 

have added branches, closed selected branches, 

manage our bank into 2010 with a sense of caution as we believe  

and relocated or consolidated other branches. Our 

the recovery is likely to be longer than normal. However, we 

purpose is to make sure our financial centers  

continue to look for opportunities that are often created during the  

are located in the most convenient locations to best 

most troubling times. We believe opportunities are available to 

serve our customers, and to accomplish this  

strong banks with strong capital through the acquisition of failed 

goal in an efficient and profitable manner. We will 

banks in the FDIC assisted transactions. Likewise, we will  

continue to manage our branch locations with 

continue to look for traditional acquisitions of healthy banks which 

further changes during 2010. Our philosophy has 

are consistent with our history of being an acquirer of choice. 

and continues to be that, when we close a location, 

Finally, we are strategically executing initiatives to create long-term 

we will find a job for every associate through 

benefits for our shareholders. We are cautiously optimistic about  

attrition. That is our culture and it enables us to 

the Arkansas economy and we fully expect the national economy  

best serve our customers. 

to continue a recovery, albeit a slow recovery. 

As always, we appreciate your support and we look forward to 

serving your banking needs in any way possible.

J. Thomas May

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

C O R P O R A T E   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R S

p a g e   6

David Bartlett

President & Chief

Operating Officer

Bob Fehlman

Marty Casteel

Robert Dill

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

Executive Vice President

& Chief Financial Officer

Marketing Group

A F F I L I A T E   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R S

p a g e   7

Standing - Left to Right

Freddie Black Chairman & CEO, Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas

John Dews Chairman & CEO, Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A.

Steve Trusty President & CEO, Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs

Tom Spillyards President & CEO, Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas

Glenn Rambin President, Simmons First National Bank

Seated - Left to Right

Barry Ledbetter President & CEO, Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro

Ron Jackson Chairman & CEO, Simmons First Bank of Russellville

Brooks Davis President & CEO, Simmons First Bank of Searcy

S I m m O n S   F I R S T   n A T I O n A L   C O R P O R A T I O n

p a g e   8

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Left to Right

Seated:  Eugene Hunt • Stanley E. Reed • J. Thomas May • George A. Makris, Jr. • W. Scott McGeorge

Standing:  Edward Drilling • Robert L. Shoptaw • Harry L. Ryburn • Steven A. Cossé • William E. Clark, II

Henry F. Trotter, Jr. • Lara F. Hutt, III • David R. Perdue • Jerry Watkins

 
p a g e   9

William E. Clark, II 

Eugene Hunt 

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 

Attorney 

Clark Contractors, LLC

Hunt Law Firm 

W. Scott McGeorge 

President 

Pine Bluff Sand & Gravel

Steven A. Cossé 

George A. Makris, Jr. 

Stanley E. Reed 

Executive Vice President & General 

President 

Farmer & Retired President 

Counsel 

Murphy Oil Corporation

Edward Drilling 

President  

AT&T Arkansas

M. K. Distributors, Inc.

Arkansas Farm Bureau 

J. Thomas May 

Harry L. Ryburn, D. D. S. 

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 

Simmons First National Corporation

Robert L. Shoptaw 

Chairman of the Board 

Arkansas Blue Cross and Blue Shield

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r s

c o n s u l t A n t   t o   t h e   B o A r d

Lara F. Hutt, III 

President 

Jerry Watkins 

Retired Executive  

Hutt Building Material Company, Inc.

Murphy Oil Corporation

David R. Perdue 

Vice President 

JDR, Inc. 

Henry F. Trotter, Jr. 

President 

Trotter Auto Group

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the Company’s annual report as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (Form 10-K) 

by writing to John L. Rush, Secretary, Simmons First National Corporation, P. O. Box 7009, Pine Bluff, Arkansas 71611-7009, or 

on the Company’s website at simmonsfirst.com. Simmons First National Corporation is an Equal Opportunity Employer.

A F F I L I A T E   B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

p a g e   1 0

S i m m o n S   F i r S t 
n a t i o n a l   B a n k

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Met L. Jones, II 
General Manager 
Dickey Machine Works

John Lytle, M.D. 
Orthopedic Surgeon 
South Arkansas Orthopedic Center

J. Thomas May 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First National Bank

Beverly Morrow 
Vice President 
TLM Management

A.W. Nelson, Jr.  
President 
A.W. Nelson, Jr. Architect, P.A.

Mary Pringos 
President 
Phillips Planting Co., Inc.

H. Glenn Rambin 
President 
Simmons First National Bank

Clifton Roaf, D.D.S. 
Dentist

Clarence Roberts, III 
Retired President 
Roberts Brothers Tire Service, Inc.

Adam B. Robinson, Jr. 
President 
Ralph Robinson & Son, Inc.

Harry L. Ryburn, D.D.S.

Mark Shelton, III 
President 
M.A. Shelton Farming Company, Inc.

H. Ford Trotter, III 
General Manager 
Trotter Auto Group

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r s

Robert E. Dreher, Jr. 
Partner 
Dreher & Sons

Joe S. Hiatt 
Retired Banker/Rancher 

Larkin M. Wilson, III, D. D. S. 
Dentist 

Lara F. Hutt, III 
President 
Hutt Building Material Company, Inc.

Charles Nabholz 
Chairman 
The Nabholz Group

Phyllis S. Thomas 
Chief Executive Officer & Corporate 
Secretary/Treasurer 
Smithwick, Inc.

Margie Hiatt 
Retired Banker 

Sherman Hiatt 
Mayor 
City of Charleston 

Clay Hiatt 
Investments 

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r   e m e r i t u s

Joe S. Hiatt 
Retired Banker/Rancher

Joe Larkin 
Pharmacist/Owner 
Medi-Sav Pharmacy 

C o n W a Y   r E G i o n
A d v i s o r y   B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k
o F   E l   D o r a D o ,   n .   a .

Steve W. “Bo” Conner 
Partner 
Conner & Sartain, P.A. 

Bill Johnson 
Community Chairman  
Conway Region 
Simmons First National Bank 

Charles Nabholz 
Chairman 
The Nabholz Group 

Phillip Stone, M. D. 
President 
Conway Emergency Physicians Group 

Ritchie Howell 
Community President 
Conway Region 
Simmons First National Bank 

Steven C. Wade 
Community President 
Little Rock Region 
Simmons First National Bank

W E S t E r n   r E G i o n
A d v i s o r y   B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Larry Bates 
Community Chairman 
Simmons First National Bank 

Michael F. Flynn 
Community President 
Simmons First National Bank 

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Aubra Anthony, Jr. 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Anthony Forest Products Company 

David L. Bartlett 
President & Chief Operating Officer 
Simmons First National Corporation 

Steven A. Cossé 
Executive Vice President  
& General Counsel 
Murphy Oil Corporation 

John F. Dews 
Chairman & Chief 
Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N. A. 

Phil Herring 
President 
Herring Furniture Company 

Sarah P. Kinard 
Private Investor 

Denny McConathy 
Retired President 
Cross Oil and Refining Company, Inc. 

Kenneth P. Oliver, Jr. 
Private Investor  

Floyd M. Thomas, Jr. 
Partner 
Compton, Prewett, Thomas & Hickey,  
P. A., Attorneys

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   H o t   S P r i n G S

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

David L. Bartlett 
Chairman 
Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs 

Stuart A. Fleischner, D. D. S.  
Co-owner 
Hot Springs National Park 
Dental Group 

Louis F. Kleinman 
Chairman 
Falk Supply Company 

James B. Newman 
President 
Douglass-Newman Insurance Agency 

Sam P. Stathakis, Jr. 
President 
Merritt Wholesale Distributors 

Sara Stough 
CPA 
Consultant 

Gene Thomason 
Retired President  
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 

Steven W. Trusty 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs 

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r

John D. Selig 
Retired Vice President 
Weyerhaeuser 

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k
o F   J o n E S B o r o 

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

David L. Bartlett 
President & Chief Operating Officer 
Simmons First National Corporation 

Barry Ledbetter 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 

 
 
p a g e   1 1

Joe Dan Yee 
Partner 
Yee’s Food Land 

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r

A. O. French 
Retired Director 
French Planting Company 

A d v i s o r y   d i r e c t o r   e m e r i t u s

Fred P. Michael 
Retired Chairman of the Board  
Simmons First Bank  
of South Arkansas 

D u m a S   r E G i o n
A d v i s o r y   B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Freddie Black 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank  
of South Arkansas 

C. Kelly Farmer 
Consultant  
ARKAT Feeds, Inc. 

A.O. French, Jr. 
Retired Farmer 
French Planting Company 

Martin Henry 
Farmer 
M & A Farms 

Bill Teeter 
Farmer 
Bill Teeter Farms 

Guy P. Teeter 
Farmer 
Guy Teeter Farms 

Teresa L. Wood 
Senior Vice President 
Simmons First Bank  
of South Arkansas 

H. Glenn Rambin 
President 
Simmons First National Bank 

Robert Underwood 
Owner 
Underwood Construction/Underwood 
Properties 

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k
o F   S o u t H   a r k a n S a S

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Robert G. Bridewell 
Attorney 
Robert G. Bridewell, Sr., P.A.  

Freddie G. Black 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas 

James Haddock 
Attorney 
James Haddock, P.A. 

N. Craig Hunt 
Executive Vice President 
Simmons First National Bank 

Tommy R. Jarrett 
President  
Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas 

Beverly Rowe 
Secretary/Treasurer 
Chicot Irrigation, Inc. 

Jerry Selby 
Partner 
Four Star Partnership Farms 

Harold Smith 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Silviland, Inc. 

Sonya Jones Yates 
Investments 

Joe Giezeman 
Consultant 

Ben Owens, Jr., M.D. 
Physician/Partner 
Clopton Clinic 

David Pyle, M.D. 
Vice President, Medical Affairs 
St. Bernards Regional Healthcare 

Jim Scurlock 
President 
Scurlock Industries of Jonesboro, Inc. 

Berl A. (Skipper) Smith 
Attorney/CPA 
Rainwater & Cox, Inc. 

Mark Wimpy 
Self Employed 
Farmer 

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   r u S S E l l v i l l E

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Leon Anderson 
Nationwide Representative 
Nationwide Insurance Company 

Terry G. Bowie 
Retired 
Entergy Corporation 

Keith B. Cogswell, III 
President 
Cogswell Motors, Inc. 

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k   o F 
n o r t H W E S t   a r k a n S a S

Ronald B. Jackson 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

David L. Bartlett 
President & Chief Operating Officer 
Simmons First National Corporation 

Dennis H. Ferguson 
Executive Vice President 
Simmons First Bank  
of Northwest Arkansas 

Martin Gilbert 
Retired Attorney 

Ray Hobbs 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Daisy Outdoor Products 

Clark Irwin 
Vice President 
Tyson Foods 

Eric Pianalto 
Chief Administration Officer 
Mercy Health Systems  
of Northwest Arkansas 

Thomas W. Spillyards  
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank  
of Northwest Arkansas 

James L. Tull, CPA  
Chief Financial Officer 
Crafton Tull Sparks

Allen Laws, III 
Attorney 
Laws & Murdoch, P. A. 

Edward R. Stingley, III 
Century 21 
Real Estate Sales Associate 

Harve J. Taylor 
Owner/President 
H. J. Taylor & Associates, Inc. 

Gene Thomason 
Retired President 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   S E a r C Y

B o A r d   o f   d i r e c t o r s

Richard Cargile 
Owner 
Cargile Insurance Agency 

Brooks Davis 
President & Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First Bank of Searcy 

Dennis R. Donovan 
Consultant 

Al Fowler 
Retired Administrator 
Searcy Medical Center

 
E X E C U T I V E   m A n A g E m E n T

p a g e   1 2

S i m m o n S   F i r S t 
n a t i o n a l   C o r P o r a t i o n

J. Thomas May 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

David L. Bartlett 
President & Chief Operating Officer

Robert C. Dill 
Executive Vice President  
Marketing Group

N. Craig Hunt 
Executive Vice President 
Specialty Banking Group

n o r t h   r e g i o n
Stephen J. Smith 
Community President

Donald L. Britnell 
Community Executive

w e s t e r n   r e g i o n
Larry L. Bates 
Community Chairman

Michael F. Flynn 
Community President

Charles J. Brown 
Senior Vice President

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   E l   D o r a D o ,   n .   a . 

John F. Dews 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

L. S. Brown 
Senior Vice President

A. J. Lockwood, Jr. 
Senior Vice President

Robert J. Robinson, IV 
Senior Vice President

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   H o t   S P r i n G S

David L. Bartlett 
Chairman

Steven W. Trusty 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Rick Harris 
Senior Vice President

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   J o n E S B o r o

Barry K. Ledbetter 
President & Chief Executive Officer

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k   o F 
n o r t H W E S t   a r k a n S a S

Thomas W. Spillyards 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Dennis H. Ferguson 
Executive Vice President

Linda A. Hankins 
Senior Vice President

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   r u S S E l l v i l l E

Ronald B. Jackson 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

R. Scott Hill 
Community President-Russellville

Denton Tumbleson 
Community President-Clarksville

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   S E a r C Y

Brooks Davis 
President & Chief Executive Officer

S i m m o n S   F i r S t   B a n k 
o F   S o u t H   a r k a n S a S

Freddie G. Black 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Tommy R. Jarrett 
President

William F. Wisener 
Senior Vice President

Teresa L. Wood 
Senior Vice President

Linda S. Moreland 
Senior Vice President

Glenda K. Tolson 
Executive Vice President & Cashier 
Operations Group

David W. Garner 
Senior Vice President 
Controller Department

David C. Bush 
Senior Vice President 
Bank Card

Shirley E. Crow 
Senior Vice President 
Student Loans

Patrick J. Anderson 
Senior Vice President 
Commercial Loans

Craig S. Attwood 
Senior Vice President 
Indirect Lending

W. Greg Bell 
Senior Vice President 
Agriculture Loans

Joel W. Cheatham 
Senior Vice President 
Real Estate

David W. Rushing 
Senior Vice President & Manager 
Operations Group-Information 
Technology

Joe W. Clement, III 
President 
Simmons First Trust Company, N. A.

Richard W. Johnson 
President 
Simmons First Investment Group

Wayne F. Bond 
Senior Vice President

S i m m o n S   F i r S t 
n a t i o n a l   B a n k   r E G i o n S

Kent P. Bridger 
Senior Vice President

c e n t r A l   r e g i o n
Steven C. Wade 
Community President

c o n w A y   r e g i o n
Ritchie D. Howell 
Community President

Tony L. Futrell 
Senior Vice President

Jerry K. Morgan 
Senior Vice President

Robert A. Fehlman 
Executive Vice President 
& Chief Financial Officer

Marty D. Casteel 
Executive Vice President

Robert C. Dill 
Executive Vice President  
Marketing Group

John L. Rush 
Secretary

David W. Garner 
Senior Vice President 
Finance Group

Sharon K. Burdine 
Senior Vice President 
& Human Resources Director

Tina M. Groves 
Senior Vice President & Manager 
Corporate Audit & Compliance 

Kevin J. Archer 
Senior Vice President 
Special Services

Amy W. Johnson 
Senior Vice President 
& Corporate Sales Director 
Marketing Group

Lisa W. Hunter 
Senior Vice President 
Cash Management / e-Banking

S i m m o n S   F i r S t 
n a t i o n a l   B a n k

J. Thomas May 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

H. Glenn Rambin 
President

Marty D. Casteel 
Executive Vice President 
Consumer Banking Group

 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
(cid:55) 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934  
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2009 

or 

(cid:133) 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

Commission file number 0-6253 

SIMMONS FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Arkansas 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

501 Main Street, Pine Bluff, Arkansas 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

71-0407808 
(I.R.S. employer 
identification No.) 

71601 
(Zip Code) 

(870) 541-1000 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
(Title of each class) 

The NASDAQ Global Select Market® 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
(cid:133) Yes  (cid:54) No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
(cid:133) Yes  (cid:54) No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. (cid:54) Yes  (cid:133) No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge in definitive proxy or in information statements incorporated 
by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:133)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  
See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

(cid:133) Large accelerated filer 

(cid:54) Accelerated filer 

(cid:133) Non-accelerated filer   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.). (cid:133) Yes  (cid:54) No 

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by non-affiliates on 
June 30, 2009, was $338,095,535 based upon the last trade price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market® of 
$26.72. 

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's Common Stock as of February 5, 2010, was 17,127,789. 

Part III is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
to be held on April 20, 2010.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction 

The Company has chosen to combine our Annual Report to Shareholders with our Form 10-K, which is a document that 
U.S. public companies file with the Securities and Exchange Commission every year.  Many readers are familiar with 
“Part II” of the Form 10-K, as it contains the business information and financial statements that were included in the 
financial sections of our past Annual Reports.  These portions include information about our business that we believe will 
be of interest to investors.  We hope investors will find it useful to have all of this information available in a single 
document. 

The Securities and Exchange Commission allows us to report information in the Form 10-K by “incorporated by reference” 
from another part of the Form 10-K, or from the proxy statement.  You will see that information is “incorporated by 
reference” in various parts of our Form 10-K. 

A more detailed table of contents for the entire Form 10-K follows: 

FORM 10-K INDEX 

Part I 

Business ............................................................................................................................................... 1 
Item 1 
Item 1A  Risk Factors ......................................................................................................................................... 9 
Item 1B  Unresolved Staff Comments ............................................................................................................. 16 
Properties ........................................................................................................................................... 16 
Item 2 
Legal Proceedings .............................................................................................................................. 16 
Item 3 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders ...................................................................... 17 
Item 4 

Part II 

Item 5  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters .................................... 17 
Item 6 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ............................................................................................... 19 
Item 7  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 

Results of Operations ......................................................................................................................... 21 
Item 7A  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ......................................................... 48 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .......................................................... 51 
Item 8 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
Item 9 
Financial Disclosure .......................................................................................................................... 88 
Item 9A  Controls and Procedures .................................................................................................................... 88 
Item 9B  Other Information .............................................................................................................................. 88 

Part III 

Item 10  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company ........................................................................... 88 
Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................... 88 
Item 11 
Item 12 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.............................................. 88 
Item 13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ............................................................................... 88 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................... 88 
Item 14 

Part IV 

Item 15 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ..................................................................................... 89 
Signatures ........................................................................................................................................... 91 
Certifications ...................................................................................................................................... 92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report may not be based on historical facts and are “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  These forward-looking statements may be identified by reference to a 
future period(s) or by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “foresee,” 
“believe,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “would,” “could” or “intend,” future or conditional verb tenses, and variations or 
negatives of such terms.  These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those relating to the Company’s 
future growth, revenue, assets, asset quality, profitability and customer service, critical accounting policies, net interest 
margin, non-interest revenue, market conditions related to the Company’s stock repurchase program, allowance for 
loan losses, the effect of certain new accounting standards on the Company’s financial statements, income tax 
deductions, credit quality, the level of credit losses from lending commitments, net interest revenue, interest rate 
sensitivity, loan loss experience, liquidity, capital resources, market risk, earnings, effect of pending litigation, 
acquisition strategy, legal and regulatory limitations and compliance and competition.  

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and may not be realized due to a variety of factors, 
including, without limitation: the effects of future economic conditions, governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as 
well as legislative and regulatory changes; the risks of changes in interest rates and their effects on the level and 
composition of deposits, loan demand and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest sensitive assets and 
liabilities; the costs of evaluating possible acquisitions and the risks inherent in integrating acquisitions; the effects of 
competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, 
securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions 
operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating regionally, nationally and internationally, 
together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the Internet; 
the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses; and those factors set forth 
under Item 1A. Risk-Factors of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.   Many of 
these factors are beyond our ability to predict or control.  In addition, as a result of these and other factors, our past 
financial performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. 

We believe the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, based on information available 
to us on the date hereof.  However, given the described uncertainties and risks, we cannot guarantee our future 
performance or results of operations and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We 
undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, 
future events or otherwise, and all written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified 
in their entirety by this section. 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

Company Overview 

Simmons First National Corporation (the “Company) is a multi-bank financial holding company registered under 
the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  The Company is headquartered in Arkansas with total assets 
of $3.1 billion, loans of $1.9 billion, deposits of $2.4 billion and equity capital of $371 million as of December 31, 
2009.  We own eight community banks that are strategically located throughout Arkansas.  We conduct our 
operations through 88 offices, of which 84 are branches, or “financial centers,” located in 47 communities in 
Arkansas. 

We seek to build shareholder value by (i) focusing on strong asset quality, (ii) maintaining strong capital and 
managing our liquidity position, (iii) improving our efficiency, and (iv) opportunistically growing our business, 
both organically and through potential FDIC-assisted transactions and traditional private community bank 
acquisitions.  We believe the depth and experience of our corporate executive management team and the 
management teams and directors of each of our community banks has allowed us to achieve excellent asset quality, 
a strong capital position and increased liquidity, even in the current challenging economic climate. 

1

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community Bank Strategy 

Our community banks feature locally based management and boards of directors, community-focused growth 
strategies, and flexibility in pricing of loans and deposits.  Our community banks are supported by our main 
subsidiary bank, Simmons First National Bank (“SFNB” or “lead bank”), which allows our community banks to 
provide products and services, such as a bank-issued credit card, that are usually offered only by larger banks. 
We believe that our enterprise-wide support system enables us to “out-product” our smaller, Arkansas community 
bank competitors while our local focus allows us to “out-service” our larger interstate bank competitors. 

Our community banking business model involves some additional administrative costs as a result of maintaining 
multiple bank charters, but has allowed us to maintain strong management at the local level to meet the needs of 
local customers while ensuring good asset quality.  In addition we, along with our lead bank, provide efficiencies 
through consolidated back office support for information systems, loan review, compliance, human resources, 
accounting and internal audit.  Likewise, through a standardizing initiative, our banks share a common name, 
signage and products that enable us to maximize our branding and overall marketing strategy. 

Growth Strategy  

Over the past 20 years, as we have expanded our markets and services, our growth strategy has evolved and diversified. 
From 1989 through 1991, in addition to our internal branching expansion, we acquired nine branches from the 
Resolution Trust Corporation, the federal agency that oversaw the sale or liquidation of assets of closed savings and 
loans institutions. 

From 1995 to 2005, our strategic focus was on creating geographic diversification throughout Arkansas, driven 
primarily by acquisitions of other banking institutions.  During this period we completed acquisitions of nine financial 
institutions and a total of 20 branches from five other banking institutions, some of which allowed us to enter key 
growth markets such as Conway, Hot Springs, Russellville, Searcy and Northwest Arkansas.  In 2005, we initiated a de 
novo branching strategy to enter selected new Arkansas markets and to complement our presence in existing markets.  
From 2005 to 2008, we opened 12 new financial centers, a regional headquarters in Northwest Arkansas and a 
corporate office in Little Rock.  We substantially completed our de novo branching strategy in 2008. 

In late 2007, as we anticipated deteriorating economic conditions, we concentrated on maintaining our strong asset 
quality, building capital and improving our liquidity position.  We intensified our focus on loan underwriting and on 
monitoring our loan portfolio in order to maintain asset quality, which is well above our peer group and the industry 
average.  From late 2007 to December 31, 2009, our liquidity position (net overnight funds sold) improved by 
approximately $150 million as a result of a strategic initiative to introduce deposit products that grew our core deposits 
in transaction and savings accounts and improved our deposit mix.  Transaction and savings deposits increased from 
48% of total deposits as of December 31, 2007, to 62% of total deposits as of December 31, 2009. 

Our capital levels have remained strong during the current economic downturn.  As part of our strategic focus on 
building capital, we suspended our stock repurchase program in July 2008.  Additionally, despite our strong capital 
position, in October 2008 we applied, and were one of the earliest banks approved, for funding of up to $60 million 
under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, referred to as the “CPP.”  After careful consideration and 
analysis, we believed there had been considerable improvement in the economic indicators since October 2008 and we 
determined that participation in the CPP was not necessary nor in the best interest of our shareholders.  We notified the 
Treasury in July 2009 that we did not intend to participate in the CPP. 

On August 26, 2009, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  
The shelf registration statement will allow us to raise capital from time to time, up to an aggregate of $175 million, 
through the sale of common stock, preferred stock, or a combination thereof, subject to market conditions.  Specific 
terms and prices will be determined at the time of any offering under a separate prospectus supplement that we will 
be required to file with the SEC at the time of the specific offering. 

In December 2009, we completed a secondary stock offering by issuing a total of 3,047,500 shares of common 
stock, including the over-allotment, at a price of $24.50 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.  
The net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses 
were approximately $70.5 million.  Subsequent to the stock offering, we have approximately $100 million available 
from our shelf registration for future offerings. 

2

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition Strategy 

We believe we are strategically positioned to leverage our strong capital position to grow through acquisitions.  In the 
near term, the disruptions in the financial markets continue to create opportunities for strong financial institutions to 
acquire selected assets and deposits of failed banks through FDIC-assisted transactions on attractive terms.  We intend 
to focus our near term acquisition strategy on such transactions.  We also believe that the challenging economic 
environment combined with more restrictive bank regulatory reform will cause many financial institutions to seek 
merger partners in the intermediate future.  We believe our community bank model, strong capital and successful 
acquisition history position us as a purchaser of choice for community banks seeking a strong partner. 

We expect that our primary geographic target area for acquisitions, both FDIC-assisted and negotiated, will fall within a 
325 mile radius of central Arkansas.  Our first priority will be to focus on acquisitions within Arkansas while also 
seeking acquisitions within our target area in states contiguous to Arkansas.  The senior management teams of both our 
parent company and lead bank have had extensive experience during the past twenty years in acquiring banks, branches 
and deposits and post-acquisition integration of operations.  We believe this experience positions us to successfully 
acquire and integrate banks on both an FDIC assisted and unassisted basis. 

With respect to FDIC-assisted transactions: 

•  We believe one of our key strengths is our management depth at the community bank level that will enable us 
to redeploy our human resources to integrate and operate an acquired institution’s business with minimal 
disruption to our existing operations.  From our management pool we have assembled an in-house acquisition 
team to focus on evaluating and executing FDIC-assisted transactions. 

•  We have retained a consultant with FDIC-assisted transaction experience that has supplemented our 

management’s acquisition experience with additional training focused on the unique aspects of acquiring, 
converting and integrating banks through FDIC-assisted transactions. 

With respect to negotiated community bank acquisitions: 

•  We have historically retained the target institution’s senior management and have provided them with an 

appealing level of autonomy post-integration.  We intend to continue to pursue negotiated community bank 
acquisitions and we believe that our history with respect to such acquisitions has positioned us as an 
acquirer of choice for community banks. 

•  We encourage acquired community banks, their boards and associates to maintain their community 

involvement, while empowering the banks to offer a broader array of financial products and services.  We 
believe this approach leads to enhanced profitability after the acquisition. 

Efficiency Initiatives 

In 2008, we began two significant initiatives to improve our operating performance by implementing cost efficiencies 
and selected revenue enhancements.  These initiatives have led to cost savings and revenue enhancements in 2009 and 
are expected to lead to further improvements in 2010 and beyond. 

Our first such initiative was an effort to leverage our corporate buying power to renegotiate our existing vendor 
contracts at lower prices and to maximize the return on our investment in technology.  We have begun to benefit from 
operating expense savings as a result of more favorable contract terms with our vendors in 2009 with the full 
annualized benefits expected to be realized in 2010. 

Our second initiative, which is larger in scope, is to identify and implement process improvements.  We are reviewing 
our business processes in an effort to improve our profitability while preserving the quality of our customer service.  
The scope of this initiative includes implementing revenue enhancements, further consolidating back office processes 
and refining our organizational structure.  We intend to begin implementing this initiative in 2010 and to continue its 
implementation in 2011.  We expect to experience significant savings and revenue enhancements as this initiative takes 
effect. 

3

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary Banks 

Our lead bank, SFNB, is a national bank which has been in operation since 1903.  SFNB’s primary market area, with 
the exception of its nationally provided credit card product, is southeastern, central and western Arkansas.  As of 
December 31, 2009, SFNB had total assets of $1.6 billion, total loans of $945 million and total deposits of $1.3 billion.  
Simmons First Trust Company N.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of SFNB, performs the trust and fiduciary business 
operations for SFNB and for us.  Simmons First Investment Group, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of SFNB, is a 
broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers and performs the 
broker-dealer operations for SFNB. 

The following table shows our community subsidiary banks other than the lead bank: 

Subsidiary 

Year 
Acquired 

Primary Market 

Northeast Arkansas 
1984 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Southeast Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas 
1984 
Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas  1995 
Russellville, Arkansas 
1997 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 
Searcy, Arkansas 
1997 
Simmons First Bank of Searcy 
1999 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 
South central Arkansas 
2004  Hot Springs, Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs 

Deposits 

  As of December 31, 2009 
Assets 

Loans 
(In thousands) 
$312,835  $258,807  $263,327 
139,898 
219,009 
138,661 
113,771 
249,118 
122,857 

165,682 
272,463 
193,498 
149,732 
289,326 
172,256 

88,585 
175,485 
106,436 
106,632 
116,675 
77,477 

Our subsidiary banks provide complete banking services to individuals and businesses throughout the market areas they 
serve.  These banks offer consumer (credit card, student and other consumer), real estate (construction, single family 
residential and other commercial) and commercial (commercial, agriculture and financial institutions) loans, checking, 
savings and time deposits, trust and investment management services and securities and investment services. 

Credit Cards 

We held the 62nd largest credit card portfolio in the U.S. as of August 31, 2009, with a balance of $175 million, which 
has grown to $189 million at December 31, 2009.  Since the 1960s, we have offered these products through our lead 
bank.  Our portfolio had an all-in yield, net of any credit losses, of over 15% for the year ended December 31, 2009.  
Our number of accounts has grown 10.6% since December 31, 2008, to over 123,000 accounts as of December 31, 
2009.  This growth has been balanced by a lower approval rate for credit card applications of only 17% for the quarter 
ended December 31, 2009, which is down from an approval rate of approximately 34% during 2007.  Our strong credit 
underwriting is reflected in our credit card charge-off ratio of 2.41% for the quarter ended December 31, 2009.  This is 
790 basis points better than the industry average charge-off ratio of 10.31% as reported by Moody’s Investors Service 
for the same three month period.  Our portfolio is geographically diversified, with approximately 41% of our credit card 
customers in Arkansas and no geographic concentration greater than 7% in any other state.  Our credit card customers 
carry an average balance of approximately $2,100.  Their average credit limit is approximately $3,600 and their average 
FICO score is above 725.  We believe these attributes contribute to the success of our credit card product offering in 
terms of both growth and credit quality. 

Loan Risk Assessment 

As part of our ongoing risk assessment, the Company has an Asset Quality Review Committee of management that 
meets quarterly to review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  The Committee reviews the status of past due, 
non-performing and other impaired loans, reserve ratios, and additional performance indicators for all of its subsidiary 
banks. The allowance for loan losses is determined based upon the aforementioned performance factors, and 
adjustments are made accordingly.  Also, an unallocated reserve is established to compensate for the uncertainty in 
estimating loan losses, including the possibility of improper risk ratings and specific reserve allocations. 

The Board of Directors of each of our subsidiary banks reviews the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses on a 
monthly basis giving consideration to past due loans, non-performing loans, other impaired loans, and current economic 
conditions.  Our loan review department monitors each of its subsidiary bank's loan information monthly.  In addition, 
the loan review department prepares an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for each subsidiary bank twice a year, 
and reports the results to our Audit and Security Committee.  In order to verify the accuracy of the monthly analysis of 
the allowance for loan losses, the loan review department performs an on-site detailed review of each subsidiary bank's 

4

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
loan files on a semi-annual basis.  Additionally, we have instituted a Special Asset Committee for the purpose of 
reviewing criticized loans in regard to collateral adequacy, workout strategies and proper reserve allocations. 

Competition 

There is significant competition among commercial banks in our various market areas.  In addition, we also compete 
with other providers of financial services, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, 
securities firms, insurance companies, full service brokerage firms and discount brokerage firms.  Some of our 
competitors have greater resources and, as such, may have higher lending limits and may offer other services that we do 
not provide.  We generally compete on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, available 
loan and deposit products, the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of interest paid for funds, and the availability 
and pricing of trust and brokerage services.  

Principal Offices and Available Information 

Our principal executive offices are located at 501 Main Street, Pine Bluff, Arkansas 71601, and our telephone number 
is (870) 541-1000.  We also have corporate offices in Little Rock, Arkansas.  We maintain a website at 
http://www.simmonsfirst.com.  On this website under the section “Investor Relations”, we make our filings with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission available free of charge, along with other Company news and announcements. 

Employees 

As of February 5, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries had approximately 1,096 full time equivalent employees.  
None of the employees is represented by any union or similar groups, and we have not experienced any labor disputes 
or strikes arising from any such organized labor groups.  We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. 

Executive Officers of the Company 

The following is a list of all executive officers of the Company.  The Board of Directors elects executive officers 
annually. 

NAME 

AGE 

POSITION 

YEARS SERVED 

J. Thomas May 
David L. Bartlett 
Robert A. Fehlman 
Marty D. Casteel 
Robert C. Dill 
David W. Garner 
Kevin J. Archer 
Sharon K. Burdine 
Tina M. Groves 
John L. Rush 

63 
58 
45 
58 
66 
40 
46 
44 
40 
75 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
President and Chief Operating Officer 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Executive Vice President 
Executive Vice President, Marketing 
Senior Vice President and Controller 
Senior Vice President/Credit Policy and Risk Assessment 
Senior Vice President and Human Resources Director 
Senior Vice President/Manager, Audit/Compliance 
Secretary 

23 
13 
21 
21 
43 
12   
14 
12 
4 
42 

5

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors of the Company 

The following is a list of the Board of Directors of the Company as of December 31, 2009, along with their principal 
occupation. 

NAME 

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION 

William E. Clark, II 

Chief Executive Officer 
Clark Contractors LLC 

Steven A. Cosse′ 

Edward Drilling 

Eugene Hunt 

George A. Makris, Jr. 

J. Thomas May 

W. Scott McGeorge 

Stanley E. Reed 

Executive Vice President and General Counsel 
Murphy Oil Corporation 

President 
AT&T Arkansas 

Attorney 
Hunt Law Firm 

President 
M.K. Distributors, Inc. 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
Simmons First National Corporation 

President 
Pine Bluff Sand and Gravel Company 

Farmer 
President (retired) 
Arkansas Farm Bureau 

Harry L. Ryburn 

Orthodontist (retired) 

Robert L. Shoptaw 

Chairman of the Board 
Arkansas Blue Cross and Blue Shield 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 

The Company 

The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to both federal and state regulation.  Under federal law, a bank 
holding company generally must obtain approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") 
before acquiring ownership or control of the assets or stock of a bank or a bank holding company.  Prior to approval of 
any proposed acquisition, the FRB will review the effect on competition of the proposed acquisition, as well as other 
regulatory issues.   

The federal law generally prohibits a bank holding company from directly or indirectly engaging in non-banking 
activities.  This prohibition does not include loan servicing, liquidating activities or other activities so closely related to 
banking as to be a proper incident thereto.  Bank holding companies, including Simmons First National Corporation, 
which have elected to qualify as financial holding companies, are authorized to engage in financial activities.  Financial 
activities include any activity that is financial in nature or any activity that is incidental or complimentary to a financial 
activity.  

As a financial holding company, we are required to file with the FRB an annual report and such additional information 
as may be required by law.  From time to time, the FRB examines the financial condition of the Company and its 
subsidiaries.  The FRB, through civil and criminal sanctions, is authorized to exercise enforcement powers over bank 
holding companies (including financial holding companies) and non-banking subsidiaries, to limit activities that 
represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of law. 

We are subject to certain laws and regulations of the state of Arkansas applicable to financial and bank holding 
companies, including examination and supervision by the Arkansas Bank Commissioner.  Under Arkansas law, a 

6

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial or bank holding company is prohibited from owning more than one subsidiary bank, if any subsidiary bank 
owned by the holding company has been chartered for less than five years and, further, requires the approval of the 
Arkansas Bank Commissioner for any acquisition of more than 25% of the capital stock of any other bank located in 
Arkansas.  No bank acquisition may be approved if, after such acquisition, the holding company would control, directly 
or indirectly, banks having 25% of the total bank deposits in the state of Arkansas, excluding deposits of other banks 
and public funds. 

Legislation enacted in 1994 allows bank holding companies (including financial holding companies) from any state to 
acquire banks located in any state without regard to state law, provided that the holding company (1) is adequately 
capitalized, (2) is adequately managed, (3) would not control more than 10% of the insured deposits in the United 
States or more than 30% of the insured deposits in such state, and (4) such bank has been in existence at least five years 
if so required by the applicable state law. 

Subsidiary Banks 

SFNB, Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. and Simmons First Trust Company N.A., as national banking 
associations, are subject to regulation and supervision, of which regular bank examinations are a part, by the Office of 
the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States ("OCC").  Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro, Simmons First Bank 
of South Arkansas, Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas and Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs, as state 
chartered banks, are subject to the supervision and regulation, of which regular bank examinations are a part, by the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Arkansas State Bank Department.  Simmons First Bank of 
Russellville and Simmons First Bank of Searcy, as state chartered member banks, are subject to the supervision and 
regulation, of which regular bank examinations are a part, by the Federal Reserve Board and the Arkansas State Bank 
Department.  The lending powers of each of the subsidiary banks are generally subject to certain restrictions, including 
the amount, which may be lent to a single borrower. 

All of our subsidiary banks are members of the FDIC, which provides insurance on deposits of each member bank up 
to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund.  For this protection, each bank pays a statutory assessment to the 
FDIC each year. 

Federal law substantially restricts transactions between banks and their affiliates.  As a result, our subsidiary banks are 
limited in making extensions of credit to the Company, investing in the stock or other securities of the Company and 
engaging in other financial transactions with the Company.  Those transactions that are permitted must generally be 
undertaken on terms at least as favorable to the bank as those prevailing in comparable transactions with independent 
third parties. 

Potential Enforcement Action for Bank Holding Companies and Banks 

Enforcement proceedings seeking civil or criminal sanctions may be instituted against any bank, any financial or bank 
holding company, any director, officer, employee or agent of the bank or holding company, which is believed by the 
federal banking agencies to be violating any administrative pronouncement or engaged in unsafe and unsound 
practices.  In addition, the FDIC may terminate the insurance of accounts, upon determination that the insured 
institution has engaged in certain wrongful conduct or is in an unsound condition to continue operations.  

Risk-Weighted Capital Requirements for the Company and the Subsidiary Banks 

Since 1993, banking organizations (including financial holding companies, bank holding companies and banks) were 
required to meet a minimum ratio of Total Capital to Total Risk-Weighted Assets of 8%, of which at least 4% must be 
in the form of Tier 1 Capital.  A well-capitalized institution is one that has at least a 10% "total risk-based capital" ratio.  
For a tabular summary of our risk-weighted capital ratios, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations – Capital" and Note 18, Stockholders’ Equity, of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

A banking organization's qualifying total capital consists of two components: Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital.  
Tier 1 Capital is an amount equal to the sum of common shareholders' equity, hybrid capital instruments (instruments 
with characteristics of debt and equity) in an amount up to 25% of Tier 1 Capital, certain preferred stock and the 
minority interest in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.  For bank holding companies and financial holding 
companies, goodwill (net of any deferred tax liability associated with that goodwill) may not be included in Tier 1 
Capital.  Identifiable intangible assets may be included in Tier 1 Capital for banking organizations, in accordance with 

7

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
certain further requirements.  At least 50% of the banking organization's total regulatory capital must consist of Tier 1 
Capital. 

Tier 2 Capital is an amount equal to the sum of the qualifying portion of the allowance for loan losses, certain preferred 
stock not included in Tier 1, hybrid capital instruments (instruments with characteristics of debt and equity), certain 
long-term debt securities and eligible term subordinated debt, in an amount up to 50% of Tier 1 Capital.  The eligibility 
of these items for inclusion as Tier 2 Capital is subject to certain additional requirements and limitations of the federal 
banking agencies. 

Under the risk-based capital guidelines, balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters 
of credit, are assigned to one of four-risk weight categories (0%, 20%, 50%, or 100%), according to the nature of the 
asset, its collateral or the identity of the obligor or guarantor.  The aggregate amount in each risk category is adjusted by 
the risk weight assigned to that category to determine weighted values, which are then added to determine the total 
risk-weighted assets for the banking organization.  For example, an asset, such as a commercial loan, assigned to a 
100% risk category, is included in risk-weighted assets at its nominal face value, but a loan secured by a one-to-four 
family residence is included at only 50% of its nominal face value.  The applicable ratios reflect capital, as so 
determined, divided by risk-weighted assets, as so determined. 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA"), enacted in 1991, requires the FDIC to 
increase assessment rates for insured banks and authorizes one or more "special assessments," as necessary for the 
repayment of funds borrowed by the FDIC or any other necessary purpose.  As directed in FDICIA, the FDIC has 
adopted a transitional risk-based assessment system, under which the assessment rate for insured banks will vary 
according to the level of risk incurred in the bank's activities.  The risk category and risk-based assessment for a bank is 
determined from its classification, pursuant to the regulation, as well capitalized, adequately capitalized or 
undercapitalized. 

FDICIA substantially revised the bank regulatory provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and other federal 
banking statutes, requiring federal banking agencies to establish capital measures and classifications.  Pursuant to the 
regulations issued under FDICIA, a depository institution will be deemed to be well capitalized if it significantly 
exceeds the minimum level required for each relevant capital measure; adequately capitalized if it meets each such 
measure; undercapitalized if it fails to meet any such measure; significantly undercapitalized if it is significantly below 
any such measure; and critically undercapitalized if it fails to meet any critical capital level set forth in regulations.  The 
federal banking agencies must promptly mandate corrective actions by banks that fail to meet the capital and related 
requirements in order to minimize losses to the FDIC.  The FDIC and OCC advised the Company that the subsidiary 
banks have been classified as well capitalized under these regulations. 

The federal banking agencies are required by FDICIA to prescribe standards for banks and bank holding companies 
(including financial holding companies) relating to operations and management, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation 
and compensation.  A bank or bank holding company that fails to comply with such standards will be required to 
submit a plan designed to achieve compliance.  If no plan is submitted or the plan is not implemented, the bank or 
holding company would become subject to additional regulatory action or enforcement proceedings. 

A variety of other provisions included in FDICIA may affect the operations of the Company and the subsidiary banks, 
including new reporting requirements, revised regulatory standards for real estate lending, "truth in savings" provisions, 
and the requirement that a depository institution give 90 days prior notice to customers and regulatory authorities before 
closing any branch. 

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program  

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity 
Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded 
by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the 
President) as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector.  Under the TLG Program the 
FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt 
issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009, and (ii) provide full FDIC 
deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal 
(“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLTA”) 

8

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accounts held at participating FDIC- insured institutions through December 31, 2009.  Coverage under the TLG 
Program was available for the first 30 days without charge.  The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt 
ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum depending on the initial maturity of the debt.  The fee 
assessment for deposit insurance coverage is an annualized 10 basis points paid quarterly on amounts in covered 
accounts exceeding $250,000.  On December 5, 2008, we elected to participate in both guarantee programs.  On 
February 10, 2009, the FDIC extended the date for issuing debt under the TLG Program from June 30 to October 31, 
2009.  On August 26, 2009, the FDIC extended the Transaction Account Guaranty (“TAG”) portion of the TLG 
Program for six months, through June 30, 2010.  The annual assessment rate that will apply during the extension period 
will be raised from the initial annualized 10 basis points on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000 to either 
15, 20 or 25 basis points, depending on the Risk category assigned to the participating institution under the FDIC's risk-
based premium system. 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Industry 

Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and general economic conditions. 

Since December 2007, the United States has been in a recession, although there are some indicators of 
improvement. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions has been greatly reduced and local 
governments and many businesses are having difficulty due to the lack of consumer spending, the lack of liquidity 
in the credit markets and high unemployment.  

Market conditions have also led to the failure or merger of a number of prominent financial institutions. Financial 
institution failures or near-failures have resulted in further losses as a consequence of defaults on securities issued 
by them and defaults under contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties. Furthermore, declining asset 
values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of market and investor confidence, as well as other 
factors, have all combined to increase credit default swap spreads, to cause rating agencies to lower credit ratings, 
and to otherwise increase the cost and decrease the availability of liquidity, despite very significant declines in 
Federal Reserve borrowing rates and other government actions. Some banks and other lenders have suffered 
significant losses and have become reluctant to lend, even on a secured basis, due to the increased risk of default 
and the impact of declining asset values on the value of collateral. The foregoing has significantly weakened the 
strength and liquidity of some financial institutions worldwide. 

The Company’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and 
repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon on 
the business environment in the state of Arkansas and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business 
environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low 
inflation, high business and investor confidence and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic 
and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business 
confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or 
interest rates;  natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors. 

The business environment in Arkansas could continue to deteriorate. There can be no assurance that these business 
and economic conditions will improve in the near term. The continuation of these conditions could adversely affect 
the credit quality of our loans and our results of operations and financial condition. 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize 
the U.S. banking system. 

Under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, or “TARP,” the U.S. Treasury is authorized to purchase from financial 
institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and 
certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their 
holding companies. The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to 
encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. The Treasury allocated 
$250 billion toward TARP’s Capital Purchase Program to fund the purchase of equity securities from participating 
institutions. 

9

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerous actions have been taken by the United States Congress, the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, the FDIC, the 
SEC and other governmental agencies to address the recent liquidity and credit crisis. These actions have included, 
among others: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

encouraging residential mortgage loan restructuring and modification to provide homeowners relief; 
establishing significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; 
lowering of the federal funds rate; 
taking emergency action against short selling practices; 
establishing a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; 
establishing a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and 
coordinating international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. 

A significant goal of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system. The legislative 
and regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects or may have unintended consequences. 
Should these or other legislative or regulatory initiatives fail to stabilize the financial markets, our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. 

Recent increases in deposit insurance coverage and the FDIC’s efforts to restore the deposit insurance fund have 
increased our FDIC insurance assessments and resulted in higher noninterest expense. Additional increases in 
deposit insurance rates may occur and continue to negatively impact our operations. 

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, referred to as “EESA,” temporarily raised the limit on federal 
deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. The limits are scheduled to return to $100,000 
on January 1, 2014. The temporary increase in insured deposits has been accompanied by a higher assessment for 
our subsidiary banks and will adversely affect our results of operations as an increase in noninterest expense. 

Separate from the EESA, in October 2008, the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the 
“TLG Program”). Banks that participate in the TLG Program are subject to a coverage charge of ten basis points per 
annum for noninterest-bearing deposit accounts exceeding the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. In 
August 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule regarding the extension of the deposit guarantee portion of the TLG 
Program. Under this rule, the expiration of the program is extended to June 30, 2010. In connection with the 
extension, the annual fees associated with the deposit guarantee portion of the TLG Program increase from ten basis 
points to 15 to 25 basis points after December 31, 2009. The particular rate to be assessed will be based upon the 
risk category to which an institution is assigned. 

In addition, the large number of recent bank failures combined with the potential for significant numbers of 
additional bank failures has placed significant stress on the deposit insurance fund. In order to maintain a strong 
funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit insurance fund, the FDIC increased assessment rates of 
insured institutions uniformly by seven cents for every $100 of deposits beginning with the first quarter of 2009, 
with additional charges which began April 1, 2009. 

In May 2009, the FDIC voted to amend the deposit insurance fund restoration plan and impose a special assessment 
of 5 basis points of each insured institution’s assets less its Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which was collected 
on September 30, 2009. Based on our deposit levels at June 30, 2009, we accrued a special assessment amount 
approximately $1.4 million. The amended rule also permits the FDIC to impose an additional emergency special 
assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to five basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal 
deposit insurance. The imposed special assessment, as well as any future increases in assessments, will adversely 
affect our noninterest expense and results of operations. 

In September 2009, the FDIC announced that it would require insured banks to prepay their estimated FDIC 
assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the next three years on December 30, 2009. The total amount of 
our prepaid assessment was approximately $11.2 million. 

Should more bank failures occur, the FDIC’s premium assessments may continue to increase or accelerate. We are 
generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. There is a 
significant possibility that the FDIC will further increase or accelerate the timing of payment of FDIC insurance 
premiums, whether or not there are more bank failures. 

10

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented. 

The financial markets have continued to experience significant volatility. In some cases, the financial markets have 
produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those 
issuers’ underlying financial strength. If financial market volatility continues or worsens, or if there are more 
disruptions in the financial markets, including disruptions to the United States or international banking systems, 
there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to 
access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our concentration of banking activities in Arkansas, including our real estate loan portfolio, makes us more 
vulnerable to adverse conditions in the particular Arkansas markets in which we operate. 

Our subsidiary banks operate exclusively within the state of Arkansas, where the majority of the buildings and 
properties securing our loans and the businesses of our customers are located. Our financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic conditions in our home state, the ability of our 
borrowers to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans. We largely depend on the 
continued growth and stability of the communities we serve for our continued success. Declines in the economies of 
these communities or the state of Arkansas in general could adversely affect our ability to generate new loans or to 
receive repayments of existing loans, and our ability to attract new deposits, thus adversely affecting our net 
income, profitability and financial condition. 

The ability of our borrowers to repay their loans could also be adversely impacted by the significant changes in 
market conditions in the region or by changes in local real estate markets, including deflationary effects on 
collateral value caused by property foreclosures. This could result in an increase in our charge-offs and provision 
for loan losses. Either of these events would have an adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Our loan portfolio in Northwest Arkansas has been more negatively impacted than our loan portfolio comprised 
from other regions in Arkansas. This fact results primarily from the acute contraction in that region’s economy and 
its real estate markets as compared to Arkansas as a whole. In 2009 we have put an additional $5 million in capital 
into our Northwest Arkansas bank. A continued deterioration of the Northwest Arkansas economy or its failure to 
fully participate in an economic recovery could require us to further tighten our local lending standards, inject more 
capital into our Northwest Arkansas bank and increase allowances for loan losses relative to loans made in the 
region. 

A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment, acts of 
terrorism or other factors beyond our control could also have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results 
of operations. In addition, because multi-family and commercial real estate loans represent the majority of our real 
estate loans outstanding, a decline in tenant occupancy due to such factors or for other reasons could adversely 
impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans on a timely basis, which could have a negative impact on our 
results of operations. 

Deteriorating credit quality, particularly in our credit card portfolio, may adversely impact us. 

We have a significant consumer credit card portfolio. We have experienced an increased amount of net charge-offs 
in our credit card portfolio in 2009, which could continue or worsen. While we continue to experience a better 
performance with respect to net charge-offs than the national average in our credit card portfolio, our net charge-
offs nevertheless increased to 2.41% of our average outstanding credit card balances for the quarter ended 
December 31, 2009, from 2.02% of the average outstanding balances for the quarter ended on December 31, 2008. 
The current economic downturn could adversely affect consumers in a more delayed fashion compared to 
commercial businesses in general. Increasing unemployment and diminished asset values may prevent our credit 
card customers from repaying their credit card balances which could result in an increased amount of our net 
charge-offs that could have a material adverse effect on our unsecured credit card portfolio. 

11

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes to consumer protection laws may impede our origination or collection efforts with respect to credit card 
accounts, change account holder use patterns or reduce collections, any of which may result in decreased 
profitability of our credit card portfolio. 

Credit card receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or enforceable under 
their terms against the obligors of those credit card receivables. Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate 
the creation and enforcement of consumer loans, including credit card receivables. For instance, the federal Truth in 
Lending Act was recently amended by the “Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 
2009,” or the “Credit CARD Act,” which, among other things: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

prevents any increases in interest rates and fees during the first year after a credit card account is opened, and 
increases at any time on interest rates on existing credit card balances, unless (i) the minimum payment on the 
related account is 60 or more days delinquent, (ii) the rate increase is due to the expiration of a promotional rate, 
(iii) the account holder fails to comply with a negotiated workout plan or (iv) the increase is due to an increase in 
the index rate for a variable rate credit card; 
requires that any promotional rates for credit cards be effective for at least six months; 
requires 45 days notice for any change of an interest rate or any other significant changes to a credit card 
account; 
empowers federal bank regulators to promulgate rules to limit the amount of any penalty fees or charges for 
credit card accounts to amounts that are “reasonable and proportional to the related omission or violation;” and 
requires credit card companies to mail billing statements 21 calendar days before the due date for account holder 
payments. 

As a result of the Credit CARD Act and other consumer protection laws and regulations, it may be more difficult for 
us to originate additional credit card accounts or to collect payments on credit card receivables, and the finance 
charges and other fees that we can charge on credit card account balances may be reduced. Furthermore, account 
holders may choose to use credit cards less as a result of these consumer protection laws. Each of these results, 
independently or collectively, could reduce the effective yield on revolving credit card accounts and could result in 
decreased profitability of our credit card portfolio. 

Our growth and expansion strategy may not be successful, and our market value and profitability may suffer. 

We have historically employed, as important parts of our business strategy, growth through acquisition of banks 
and, to a lesser extent, through branch acquisitions and de novo branching. Any future acquisitions, including any 
FDIC-assisted transactions, in which we might engage will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in 
acquisitions. These risks include, among other risks: 

• 
• 
• 

credit risk associated with the acquired bank’s loans and investments; 
difficulty of integrating operations and personnel; and 
potential disruption of our ongoing business. 

In the current economic environment, we anticipate that in addition to opportunities to acquire other banks in 
privately negotiated transactions, we may also have opportunities to bid to acquire the assets and liabilities of failed 
banks in FDIC-assisted transactions. These acquisitions involve risks similar to acquiring existing banks. Because 
FDIC-assisted acquisitions are structured in a manner that would not allow us the time normally associated with due 
diligence investigations prior to committing to purchase the target bank or preparing for integration of an acquired 
bank, we may face additional risks in FDIC-assisted transactions. These risks include, among other things: 

• 
• 
• 

loss of customers of the failed bank; 
strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans; and 
problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems. 

12

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to pursuing the acquisition of existing viable financial institutions or the acquisition of assets and 
liabilities of failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions, as opportunities arise we may also continue to engage in de 
novo branching to further our growth strategy. De novo branching and growing through acquisition involve 
numerous risks, including the following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals; 
the significant costs and potential operating losses associated with establishing a de novo branch or a new bank; 
the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management; 
the local market may not accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company 
headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank; 
the risk of encountering an economic downturn in the new market; 
the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost; and 
the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. 

We expect that competition for suitable acquisition candidates, whether such candidates are viable banks or are the 
subject of an FDIC-assisted transaction, will be significant. We may compete with other banks or financial service 
companies that are seeking to acquire our acquisition candidates, many of which are larger competitors and have 
greater financial and other resources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify and acquire 
suitable acquisition targets on acceptable terms and conditions. Further, we cannot assure you that we will be 
successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions and de novo 
branching. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our business 
and growth strategy and maintain or increase our market value and profitability. 

Our recent results do not indicate our future results and may not provide guidance to assess the risk of an 
investment in our common stock. 

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or be able to expand our business. Various factors, such 
as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations and competition, may also impede or prohibit our 
ability to expand our market presence. We may also be unable to identify advantageous acquisition opportunities or, 
once identified, enter into transactions to make such acquisitions. If we are not able to successfully grow our 
business, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our cost of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive 
pressures. 

Our cost of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and 
competitive pressures. We have traditionally obtained funds principally through local deposits as we have a base of 
lower cost transaction deposits. Our costs of funds and our profitability and liquidity are likely to be adversely 
affected, if we have to rely upon higher cost borrowings from other institutional lenders or brokers to fund loan 
demand or liquidity needs. Also, changes in our deposit mix and growth could adversely affect our profitability and 
the ability to expand our loan portfolio. 

We have been active in making student loans and this part of our business could decrease or terminate in the 
future. 

Our subsidiary banks historically have been active in the student loan market and our student loan portfolio has 
been profitable in the past. Recent interruptions in the credit markets and certain changes in the federal government 
programs affecting student loans, however, have decreased the marketability of student loans and increased our 
holding period for such loans. These events have increased our expenses associated with making and holding 
student loans and have decreased the profitability of making such loans. The federal government is currently 
considering additional revisions to the student loan program which may either eliminate participation by banks or 
substantially reduce the profitability to banks of participating in student loan programs. Future regulatory and 
legislative changes may further decrease the profitability of our student loan portfolio and may cause us to decrease 
the size of the student loan portfolio or eliminate it all together. Eliminating or decreasing that portfolio could 
adversely affect our profitability in the future. 

13

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to raise the additional capital we need to grow and, as a result, our ability to expand our 
operations could be materially impaired. 

Federal and state regulatory authorities require us and our subsidiary banks to maintain adequate levels of capital to 
support our operations. Many circumstances could require us to seek additional capital, such as: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

faster than anticipated growth; 
reduced earning levels; 
operating losses; 
changes in economic conditions; 
revisions in regulatory requirements; or 
additional acquisition opportunities. 

Our ability to raise additional capital will largely depend on our financial performance, and on conditions in the 
capital markets which are outside our control. If we need additional capital but cannot raise it on terms acceptable to 
us, our ability to expand our operations or to engage in acquisitions could be materially impaired. 

Accounting standards periodically change and the application of our accounting policies and methods may 
require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain. 

The regulatory bodies that establish accounting standards, including, among others, the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board and the SEC, periodically revise or issue new financial accounting and reporting standards that 
govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The effect of such revised or new standards on our 
financial statements can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial 
condition and results of operations. 

In addition, our management must exercise judgment in appropriately applying many of our accounting policies and 
methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles. In some cases, management may have to 
select a particular accounting policy or method from two or more alternatives. In some cases, the accounting policy 
or method chosen might be reasonable under the circumstances and yet might result in our reporting materially 
different amounts than would have been reported if we had selected a different policy or method. Accounting 
policies are critical to fairly presenting our financial condition and results of operations and may require 
management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. 

The Federal Reserve Board’s source of strength doctrine could require that we divert capital to our subsidiary 
banks instead of applying available capital towards planned uses, such as engaging in acquisitions or paying 
dividends to shareholders. 

The Federal Reserve Board’s policies and regulations require that a bank holding company, including a financial 
holding company, serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks, and further provide that a bank 
holding company may not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. It is the Federal Reserve Board’s 
policy that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to its 
subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity, such as during periods of significant loan losses, 
and that such holding company should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain 
additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks if such a need were to arise. 

A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will 
generally be considered to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s 
regulations, or both. Accordingly, if the financial condition of our subsidiary banks were to deteriorate, we could be 
compelled to provide financial support to our subsidiary banks at a time when, absent such Federal Reserve Board 
policy, we may not deem it advisable to provide such assistance. Under such circumstances, there is a possibility 
that we may not either have adequate available capital or feel sufficiently confident regarding our financial 
condition, to enter into acquisitions, pay dividends, or engage in other corporate activities. 

We may incur environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may own or 
foreclose and take title to real estate and could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these 
properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal 

14

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, 
or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The 
costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. If we were to 
become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

Our management has broad discretion over the use of proceeds from our recent common stock offering. 

Although we have indicated our intent to use the proceeds from our recent common stock offering for general 
corporate purposes, including funding internal growth and selected future acquisitions, our Board of Directors 
retains significant discretion with respect to the use of proceeds from this offering. If we use the funds to acquire 
other businesses, there can be no assurance that any business we acquire will be successfully integrated into our 
operations or otherwise perform as expected. Likewise, other uses of the proceeds from this offering may not 
generate favorable returns for us. 

Risks Related to Owning Our Stock 

The holders of our subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of our shareholders. If we defer 
payments of interest on our outstanding subordinated debentures or if certain defaults relating to those 
debentures occur, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making 
liquidation payments with respect to our common stock. 

We have $30.9 million of subordinated debentures issued in connection with trust preferred securities. Payments of 
the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities are unconditionally guaranteed by us. The subordinated 
debentures are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the subordinated 
debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in 
the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debentures must be satisfied before any 
distributions can be made to the holders of our common stock. We have the right to defer distributions on the 
subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no 
dividends may be paid to holders of our capital stock. If we elect to defer or if we default with respect to our 
obligations to make payments on these subordinated debentures, this would likely have a material adverse effect on 
the market value of our common stock. Moreover, without notice to or consent from the holders of our common 
stock, we may issue additional series of subordinated debt securities in the future with terms similar to those of our 
existing subordinated debt securities or enter into other financing agreements that limit our ability to purchase or to 
pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock. 

We may be unable to, or choose not to, pay dividends on our common stock. 

We cannot assure you of our ability to continue to pay dividends. Our ability to pay dividends depends on the 
following factors, among others: 

•  We may not have sufficient earnings since our primary source of income, the payment of dividends to us by our 
subsidiary banks, is subject to federal and state laws that limit the ability of those banks to pay dividends; 
Federal Reserve Board policy requires bank holding companies to pay cash dividends on common stock only out 
of net income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the 
organization’s expected future needs and financial condition; and 

• 

•  Our Board of Directors may determine that, even though funds are available for dividend payments, retaining the 

funds for internal uses, such as expansion of our operations, is a better strategy. 

If we fail to pay dividends, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock may be the sole opportunity for gains 
on an investment in our common stock. In addition, in the event our subsidiary banks become unable to pay 
dividends to us, we may not be able to service our debt or pay our other obligations or pay dividends on our 
common stock. Accordingly, our inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary banks could also have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the value of your investment in our 
common stock. 

15

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There may be future sales of additional common stock or preferred stock or other dilution of our equity, which 
may adversely affect the value of our common stock. 

We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are 
convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any 
substantially similar securities. The value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large 
number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such 
sales could occur. 

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders. 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and by-laws and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval 
requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be 
beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or 
other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These 
provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect 
directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

There are currently no unresolved Commission staff comments. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The principal offices of the Company and the lead bank consist of an eleven-story office building and adjacent office 
space located in the central business district of the city of Pine Bluff, Arkansas.  Additionally, we also have corporate 
offices located in Little Rock, Arkansas. 

The Company and its subsidiaries own or lease additional offices throughout the state of Arkansas.  The Company and 
its eight banks conduct financial operations from 88 offices, of which 84 are financial centers, in 47 communities 
throughout Arkansas. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

The Company and/or its subsidiaries have various unrelated legal proceedings, most of which involve loan foreclosure 
activity pending, which, in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of 
the Company and its subsidiaries.  The Company or its subsidiaries remain the subject of the following lawsuit 
asserting claims against the Company or its subsidiaries.  

On October 1, 2003, an action in Pulaski County Circuit Court was filed by Thomas F. Carter, Tena P. Carter and 
certain related entities against Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas and Simmons First National Bank alleging 
wrongful conduct by the banks in the collection of certain loans.  The Company was later added as a party defendant.  
The plaintiffs were seeking $2,000,000 in compensatory damages and $10,000,000 in punitive damages.  The 
Company and the banks filed Motions to Dismiss.  The plaintiffs were granted additional time to discover any evidence 
for litigation, and submitted such findings.  At the hearing on the Motions for Summary Judgment, the Court dismissed 
Simmons First National Bank due to lack of venue.  Venue was changed to Jefferson County for the Company and 
Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas.  Non-binding mediation failed on June 24, 2008.  A pretrial was conducted on 
July 24, 2008.  Several dispositive motions previously filed were heard on April 9, 2009, and arguments were presented 
on June 22, 2009.  On July 10, 2009, the Court issued its Order dismissing five claims, leaving only a single claim for 
further pursuit in this matter.  On August 18, 2009, Plaintiffs took a nonsuit on their remaining claim of breach of good 
faith and fair dealing, thereby bringing all claims set forth in this action to a conclusion. 

Plaintiffs subsequently filed their Notice of Appeal to the appellate court, have timely lodged the transcript with the 
Supreme Court Clerk, and a briefing schedule has been issued.  The Company intends to contest the appeal and seek 
affirmance of the Court's dismissal of Plaintiffs' claims.  At this time, no basis for any material liability has been 
identified. 

16

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security-holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the 
fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report. 

PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED  
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SFNC.” Set forth below are the 
high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for each quarter of 
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  Also set forth below are dividends declared per share in each of 
these periods: 

2009 
1st quarter 
2nd quarter 
3rd quarter 
4th quarter 

2008 
1st quarter 
2nd quarter 
3rd quarter 
4th quarter 

Price Per 
Common Share 

High 

Low 

$ 29.54 
30.02 
30.84 
30.00 

$ 29.90 
32.99 
36.49 
35.00 

$ 20.30 
23.90 
26.15 
24.50 

$ 24.00 
27.82 
26.20 
22.41 

Quarterly 
Dividends 
Per Common 
Share  

 $  0.19 
0.19 
0.19 
0.19 

 $  0.19 
0.19 
0.19 
0.19 

On February 5, 2010, the closing price for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ was $25.97.  As of 
February 5, 2010, there were 1,337 shareholders of record of our common stock. 

The timing and amount of future dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our 
consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the amount of cash dividends paid to 
us by our subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and policies and other factors considered relevant by our 
Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors anticipates that we will continue to pay quarterly dividends in amounts 
determined based on the factors discussed above. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay 
dividends on our common stock at the current levels or at all. 

Our principal source of funds for dividend payments to our stockholders is distributions, including dividends, from our 
subsidiary banks, which are subject to restrictions tied to such institution’s earnings.  Under applicable banking laws, 
the declaration of dividends by the lead bank and Simmons First Bank of El Dorado in any year, in excess of its net 
profits, as defined, for that year, combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, must be approved by 
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  Further, as to Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro, Simmons First Bank of 
Northwest Arkansas, Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas, Simmons First Bank of Hot Springs, Simmons First 
Bank of Russellville and Simmons First Bank of Searcy, regulators have specified that the maximum dividends state 
banks may pay to the parent company without prior approval is 75% of the current year earnings plus 75% of the 
retained net earnings of the preceding year.  At December 31, 2009, approximately $15.2 million was available for the 
payment of dividends by the subsidiary banks without regulatory approval.  For further discussion of restrictions on the 
payment of dividends, see "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Liquidity and Market Risk 
Management," and Note 18, Stockholders’ Equity, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Stock Repurchase 

On November 28, 2007, we announced the substantial completion of the existing stock repurchase program and the 
adoption by the Board of Directors of a new stock repurchase program.  The program authorizes the repurchase of up to 

17

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
700,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5% of the outstanding common stock.  Under the 
repurchase program, there is no time limit for the stock repurchases, nor is there a minimum number of shares we 
intend to repurchase.  The shares are to be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open 
market or unsolicited negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions.  We intend to use the repurchased 
shares to satisfy stock option exercise, payment of future stock dividends and general corporate purposes.  We may 
discontinue purchases at any time that management determines additional purchases are not warranted.  As part of our 
strategic focus on building capital, we suspended our stock repurchase program in July 2008.  We made no purchases 
of our common stock during the three months or year ended December 31, 2009.  Because of the recently completed 
stock offering and based on our strategy to retain capital, we do not anticipate resuming our stock repurchase during 
2010. 

Performance Graph 

The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s Common Stock 
with the cumulative total return on the equity securities of companies included in the NASDAQ Bank Stock 
Index and the S&P 500 Stock Index.  The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2004 and 
reinvestment of dividends on the date of payment without commissions.  The performance graph represents past 
performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance. 

Index 
Simmons First National Corporation 
NASDAQ Bank Index 
S&P 500 Index 

12/31/04 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/05 
97.93 
95.67 
104.91 

12/31/06 
113.63 
106.20 
121.48 

12/31/07 
98.55 
82.76 
128.16 

12/31/08 
112.44 
62.96 
80.74 

12/31/09 
109.17 
51.31 
102.11 

Period Ending 

18

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data concerning the Company and is qualified in its 
entirety by the detailed information and consolidated financial statements, including notes thereto, included 
elsewhere in this report.  The income statement, balance sheet and per common share data as of and for the years ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, were derived from consolidated financial statements of the Company, 
which were audited by BKD, LLP.  Results from past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be 
expected for any future period. 

Management believes that certain non-GAAP measures, including diluted core earnings per share, tangible book value, 
the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, tangible stockholders’ equity and return on average tangible 
equity, may be useful to analysts and investors in evaluating the performance of our Company.  We have included 
certain of these non-GAAP measures, including cautionary remarks regarding the usefulness of these analytical tools, in 
this table.  The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the financial 
statements of the Company and related notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this report.   

 (In thousands, except per share & other data) 

2009 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 

2008 

2006 

2005 

Income statement data: 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision 

for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 
Income before taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income 

Per share data: 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings  
Diluted core earnings (non-GAAP) (1) 
Book value  
Tangible book value (non-GAAP) (2) 
Dividends  
Basic average common shares outstanding 
Diluted average common shares outstanding 

Balance sheet data at period end: 

Assets 
Investment securities 
Total loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Goodwill & other intangible assets 
Non interest bearing deposits 
Deposits 
Long-term debt 
Subordinated debt & trust preferred 
Stockholders’ equity 
Tangible stockholders’ equity (non GAAP) (2) 

Capital ratios at period end: 

Stockholders’ equity to total assets 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets 

 (non-GAAP) (3)  
Tier 1 leverage ratio 
Tier 1 risk-based ratio 
Total risk-based capital ratio 
Dividend payout 

$  97,727 
  10,316 

$  94,017 
8,646 

$  92,116 
4,181 

$  88,804 
3,762 

$  90,257 
7,526 

87,411 
52,711 
  104,722 

85,371 
49,326 
  96,360 
35,400            38,337 
  11,427 
$  26,910 

  10,190 
$  25,210 

87,935 
46,003 
  94,197 
 39,741 
  12,381 
$  27,360 

85,042 
43,947 
  89,068 

82,731 
42,318 
  85,584 
         39,921             39,465 
  12,503 
$  26,962 

  12,440 
$  27,481 

1.75 
1.74 
1.74 
21.72 
18.07 
0.76 
14,375,323 
14,465,718 

1.93 
1.91 
1.73 
20.69 
16.16 
0.76 
13,945,249 
14,107,943 

1.95 
1.92 
1.97 
19.57 
14.97 
0.73 
14,043,626 
14,241,182 

1.93 
1.90 
1.90 
18.24 
13.68 
0.68 
14,226,481 
14,474,812 

1.88 
1.84 
1.84 
17.04 
12.46 
0.61 
14,375,005 
14,686,927 

3,093,322 
646,915 
1,874,989 
25,016 
62,374 
363,154 
2,432,172 
128,894 
30,930 
371,247 
308,873 

2,923,109 
646,134 
1,933,074 
25,841 
63,180 
334,998 
2,336,333 
127,741 
30,930 
288,792 
225,612 

2,692,447 
530,930 
1,850,454 
25,303 
63,987 
310,181 
2,182,857 
51,355 
30,930 
272,406 
208,419 

2,651,413 
527,126 
1,783,495 
25,385 
64,804 
305,327 
2,175,531 
52,381 
30,930 
259,016 
194,212 

2,523,768 
521,789 
1,718,107 
26,923 
65,634 
331,113 
2,059,958 
56,090 
30,930 
244,085 
178,451    

12.00% 

9.88% 

10.12% 

9.77% 

9.67% 

10.19% 
11.64% 
17.91% 
19.17% 
43.68% 

7.89% 
9.15% 
13.24% 
14.50% 
39.79% 

7.93% 
9.06% 
12.43% 
13.69% 
38.02% 

7.51% 
8.83% 
12.38% 
13.64% 
35.79% 

7.26%   
8.62%   
12.26%   
13.54% 
33.15% 

19

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annualized performance ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP) (2) (4) 
Net interest margin (5) 
Efficiency ratio (6)  

0.85% 
8.26% 
10.61% 
3.78% 
65.69% 

0.94% 
9.54% 
12.54% 
3.75% 
66.84% 

1.03% 
10.26% 
13.78% 
3.96% 
64.94% 

1.07% 
10.93% 
15.03% 
3.96% 
64.81% 

1.08%   
11.24%   
15.79% 
4.13%   
62.30% 

Balance sheet ratios: 

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of 

period-end assets 

Nonperforming loans as a percentage 

of period-end loans 

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of 

period-end loans & OREO 

Allowance/to nonperforming loans 
Allowance for loan losses as a 

percentage of period-end loans 

Net (recoveries) charge-offs as a percentage 

of average loans 

Other data 

1.12% 

0.64% 

0.51% 

0.45% 

0.40% 

1.35% 

0.81% 

0.60% 

0.56% 

0.49% 

1.83% 
98.81% 

0.96% 
165.12% 

0.75% 
226.10% 

0.67% 
252.46% 

0.58% 
319.48%   

1.33% 

1.34% 

1.37% 

1.42% 

1.57% 

0.58% 

0.43% 

0.23% 

0.22% 

0.43% 

Number of financial centers 
Number of full time equivalent employees 

84 
1,091 

84 
1,123 

83 
1,128 

81 
1,134 

79 
1,110 

(1) Diluted core earnings (net income excluding nonrecurring items) is a non-GAAP measure. The following nonrecurring items 
were excluded in the calculation of diluted core earnings per share (non-GAAP). In 2008, the Company recorded a $0.13 
increase in EPS from the cash proceeds on a mandatory Visa stock redemption and a $0.05 increase in EPS from the reversal 
of Visa, Inc.’s litigation expense recorded in 2007. In 2007, the Company recorded a $0.05 reduction in EPS from litigation 
expense associated with the recognition of certain contingent liabilities related to Visa, Inc.’s litigation.  

(2) Because of our significant level of intangible assets, total goodwill and core deposit premiums, management believes a useful 
calculation for investors in their analysis of our Company is tangible book value per share (non-GAAP). This non-GAAP 
calculation eliminates the effect of goodwill and acquisition related intangible assets and is calculated by subtracting 
goodwill and intangible assets from total stockholders’ equity, and dividing the resulting number by the common stock 
outstanding at period end. The following table reflects the reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to the GAAP 
presentation of book value for the periods presented above: 

 (In thousands, except per share & other data) 

2009 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 

2008 

2006 

2005 

Stockholders’ equity 
Less: Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangibles 
Tangible stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP) 

Book value per share 
Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) 
Shares outstanding 

$  371,247  $  288,792  $  272,406  $  259,016  $  244,085 

60,605 
1,769 

60,605 
5,029 
$  308,873  $  225,612  $  208,419  $  194,212  $  178,451 

60,605 
2,575 

60,605 
4,199 

60,605 
3,382 

21.72  $ 
18.07  $ 

$ 
$ 
  17,093,931 

20.69  $ 
16.16  $ 

19.57  $ 
14.97  $ 

  13,960,680 

  13,918,368 

  14,196,855 

18.24  $ 
13.68  $ 

17.04 
12.46 
  14,326,923 

(3) Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is tangible stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP) divided by total assets less 

goodwill and other intangible assets as and for the periods ended presented above. 

 (4) Return on average tangible equity is a non-GAAP measure that removes the effect of goodwill and intangible assets, as well 
as the amortization of intangibles, from the return on average equity. This non-GAAP measure is calculated as net income, 
adjusted for the tax-effected effect of intangibles, divided by average tangible equity. 

(5) Fully taxable equivalent (assuming an income tax rate of 37.5%). 
(6) The efficiency ratio is total non-interest expense less foreclosure expense and amortization of intangibles, divided by the sum 
of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis plus total non-interest income less security gains, net of tax. For the 
year ended December 31, 2009, this calculation excludes the FDIC special assessment of $1.4 million from total non-interest 
expense. For the year ended December 31, 2008, this calculation adds the VISA litigation expense reversal of $1.2 million to 
total non-interest expense and excludes gain on partial redemption of Visa shares of $3.0 million from total non-interest 
income. For the year ended December 31, 2007, this calculation excludes VISA litigation expense of $1.2 million from total 
non-interest expense. 

20

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Overview 

As discussed in Note 16, New Accounting Standards, in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included elsewhere in this report, on July 1, 2009, the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) became the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception of guidance issued by 
the SEC and its staff.  All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative.  The switch to the ASC affects the 
way companies refer to GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies.  Citing particular content in the ASC 
involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph 
structure.  We adopted this accounting standard in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning with the 
period ended September 30, 2009. 

We follow accounting and reporting policies that conform, in all material respects, to generally accepted accounting 
principles and to general practices within the financial services industry.  The preparation of financial statements in 
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  While we base estimates on historical 
experience, current information and other factors deemed to be relevant, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

We consider accounting estimates to be critical to reported financial results if (i) the accounting estimate requires 
management to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and (ii) different estimates that management 
reasonably could have used for the accounting estimate in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that 
are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, could have a material impact on our financial statements. 

The accounting policies that we view as critical to us are those relating to estimates and judgments regarding (a) the 
determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, (b) the valuation of goodwill and the useful lives 
applied to intangible assets, (c) the valuation of employee benefit plans and (d) income taxes. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to income.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a 
loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for potential loan losses related to specifically 
identified loans as well as probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of period end.  This 
estimate is based on management's evaluation of the loan portfolio, as well as on prevailing and anticipated economic 
conditions and historical losses by loan category.  General reserves have been established, based upon the 
aforementioned factors and allocated to the individual loan categories.  Allowances are accrued on specific loans 
evaluated for impairment for which the basis of each loan, including accrued interest, exceeds the discounted amount of 
expected future collections of interest and principal or, alternatively, the fair value of loan collateral.  The unallocated 
reserve generally serves to compensate for the uncertainty in estimating loan losses, including the possibility of changes 
in risk ratings and specific reserve allocations in the loan portfolio as a result of our ongoing risk management system. 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will not receive all amounts due according to the contractual 
terms of the loan.  This includes loans that are delinquent 90 days or more, nonaccrual loans and certain other loans 
identified by management.  Certain other loans identified by management consist of performing loans with specific 
allocations of the allowance for loan losses.  Specific allocations are applied when quantifiable factors are present 
requiring a greater allocation than that we established based on our analysis of historical losses for each loan category.  
Accrual of interest is discontinued and interest accrued and unpaid is removed at the time such amounts are delinquent 
90 days unless management is aware of circumstances which warrant continuing the interest accrual.  Interest is 
recognized for nonaccrual loans only upon receipt and only after all principal amounts are current according to the 
terms of the contract. 

21

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Other 
intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be separately distinguished 
from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged 
either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability.  We perform an annual goodwill 
impairment test, and more than annually if circumstances warrant, in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – 
Goodwill and Other.  ASC Topic 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives be 
reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if certain conditions occur.  Impairment losses on recorded 
goodwill, if any, will be recorded as operating expenses. 

Employee Benefit Plans 

We have adopted various stock-based compensation plans.  The plans provide for the grant of incentive stock options, 
nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and bonus stock awards.  Pursuant to the plans, shares are reserved 
for future issuance by the Company upon exercise of stock options or awarding of bonus shares granted to directors, 
officers and other key employees. 

In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the fair value of each option award is 
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses various assumptions.  This model 
requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate.  For 
additional information, see Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements included elsewhere in this report.  

Income Taxes 

We are subject to the federal income tax laws of the United States, and the tax laws of the states and other jurisdictions 
where we conduct business.  Due to the complexity of these laws, taxpayers and the taxing authorities may subject 
these laws to different interpretations.  Management must make conclusions and estimates about the application of these 
innately intricate laws, related regulations, and case law.  When preparing the Company’s income tax returns, 
management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of the tax laws. Taxing authorities have the ability to 
challenge management’s analysis of the tax law or any reinterpretation management makes in its ongoing assessment of 
facts and the developing case law.  Management assesses the reasonableness of its effective tax rate quarterly based on 
its current estimate of net income and the applicable taxes expected for the full year.  On a quarterly basis, management 
also reviews circumstances and developments in tax law affecting the reasonableness of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and reserves for contingent tax liabilities. 

2009 Overview 

Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $25.2 million, a 6.3% decrease from net income of 
$26.9 million in 2008.  Net income in 2007 was $27.4 million.  Diluted earnings per share decreased $0.17, or 8.9%, to 
$1.74 in 2009 compared to $1.91 in 2008.  Diluted earnings per share in 2007 were $1.92.  

During the first quarter of 2008, we recorded a nonrecurring $0.05 increase in diluted earnings per share related to the 
reversal of a $1.2 million pre-tax contingent liability established during the fourth quarter of 2007.  That contingent 
liability represented our pro-rata portion of Visa, Inc.’s, and its related subsidiary Visa U.S.A.’s (collectively “Visa”) 
litigation liabilities, which was satisfied in conjunction with Visa’s initial public offering (“IPO”).  Also as a result of 
Visa’s IPO, we received cash proceeds from the mandatory partial redemption of our equity interest in Visa, resulting in 
a nonrecurring $3.0 million pre-tax gain in the first quarter 2008, or $0.13 per diluted common share.  Excluding these 
nonrecurring items, our core earnings per share increased by $0.01 in 2009 over 2008.  See Reconciliation of Non-
GAAP Measures and Table 20 - Reconciliation of Core Earnings (non-GAAP) for additional discussion of non-GAAP 
measures. 

At December 31, 2009, our loan portfolio totaled $1.875 billion, which is a $58.1 million, or 3.0%, decrease from the 
same period last year.   This decrease was due due primarily to a $49.8 million decrease in real estate loans, primarily in 
construction and development loans.   Even during this period of soft loan demand, our consumer loan portfolio 
increased by $23.8 million, or 5.7%, primarily driven by a $19.5 million increase in credit card balances. 

22

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Although the general state of the national economy remains volatile, and despite the challenges in the Northwest 
Arkansas region, we continue to maintain relatively good asset quality.  The allowance for loan losses as a percent of 
total loans was 1.33% at December 31, 2009.  Non-performing loans equaled 1.35% of total loans, up 54 basis points 
from 2008.  Non-performing assets were 1.12% of total assets, up 48 basis points from 2008.  The allowance for loan 
losses was 99% of non-performing loans.  The Company’s annualized net charge-offs for 2009 were 0.75% of total 
loans.  Excluding credit cards, annualized net charge-offs for 2009 were 0.57% of total loans.  Net credit card charge-
offs for 2009 were 2.61%, more than 750 basis points below the most recently published credit card charge-off industry 
average.  We do not own any securities backed by subprime mortgage assets and we have no mortgage loan products 
that target subprime borrowers. 

Total assets at December 31, 2009, were $3.093 billion, an increase of $170 million, or 5.8%, over the period ended 
December 31, 2008.  Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2009, was $371.2 million, an increase of $82.4 million, 
or approximately 28.6%, from December 31, 2008.  Approximately $70.5 million of the increase in stockholders’ 
equity was the result of the secondary stock offering we completed in December 2009, in which we issued a total of 
3,047,500 shares of common stock, including the over-allotment, at a price of $24.50 per share, less underwriting 
discounts and commissions 

Simmons First National Corporation is an Arkansas based, Arkansas committed financial holding company with 
$3.1 billion in assets and eight community banks in Pine Bluff, Lake Village, Jonesboro, Rogers, Searcy, Russellville, 
El Dorado and Hot Springs, Arkansas.  Our eight subsidiary banks conduct financial operations from 88 offices, of 
which 84 are financial centers, in 47 communities. 

U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program 

On October 29, 2008, the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) gave the Company approval to participate in 
the Troubled Asset Relief Program – Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), designed to provide additional capital to 
healthy financial institutions, thereby increasing confidence in our banking industry and encouraging increased lending.  
On January 6, 2009, the Treasury amended its approval to allow us to participate in the CPP at a level up to 
$59.7 million.  At a Special Meeting of Shareholders held on February 27, 2009, our shareholders voted to amend the 
Articles of Incorporation to authorize the issuance of preferred shares and common stock warrants required for 
participation in the CPP. 

Approximately 600 banks nationwide have participated in the CPP.  We were the thirty-second bank in the country to 
be approved.  Our original plans were to issue the shares under the CPP on March 27, 2009.  However, due to the 
continued ambiguity resulting from changes being proposed by Congress, we requested and were granted an extension 
by the Treasury due to the ambiguity and uncertainty regarding the ability to repay the funds at the time of our 
choosing. 

On July 7, 2009, management notified the Treasury that the Company would not participate in the CPP.  After careful 
consideration and analysis, The Arkansas economy continued doing well relative to many other geographic regions of 
the country, and we continued to have strong asset quality, liquidity and capital.  Accordingly, we did not believe our 
participation in the CPP was necessary nor in the best interest of our shareholders. 

Net Interest Income  

Net interest income, our principal source of earnings, is the difference between the interest income generated by earning 
assets and the total interest cost of the deposits and borrowings obtained to fund those assets.  Factors that determine the 
level of net interest income include the volume of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, yields earned and rates 
paid, the level of non-performing loans and the amount of non-interest bearing liabilities supporting earning assets.  Net 
interest income is analyzed in the discussion and tables below on a fully taxable equivalent basis.  The adjustment to 
convert certain income to a fully taxable equivalent basis consists of dividing tax-exempt income by one minus the 
combined federal and state income tax rate of 37.50%. 

The Federal Reserve Board sets various benchmark rates, including the Federal Funds rate, and thereby influences the 
general market rates of interest, including the deposit and loan rates offered by financial institutions.  Our loan portfolio 
is significantly affected by changes in the prime interest rate.  The prime interest rate, which is the rate offered on loans 
to borrowers with strong credit, began 2006 at 7.25% and increased 50 basis points in the first quarter and 50 basis 
points in the second quarter to end the year at 8.25%.  During 2007, the prime interest rate decreased 50 basis points in 
the third quarter and 50 basis points in the fourth quarter to end the year at 7.25%.  During 2008, the prime interest rate 

23

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decreased 200 basis points in the first quarter, 25 basis points in the second quarter and another 175 basis points in the 
fourth quarter to end the year at 3.25%.  The prime interest rate remained at 3.25% throughout 2009. 

The Federal Funds rate, which is the cost to banks of immediately available overnight funds, began 2006 at 4.25%.  
During 2006, the Federal Funds rate increased 50 basis points in the first quarter and 50 basis points in the second 
quarter to end the year at 5.25%.  During 2007, the Federal Funds rate decreased 50 basis points in the third quarter and 
50 basis points in the fourth quarter to end the year at 4.25%.  During 2008, the Federal Funds rate decreased 200 basis 
points in the first quarter, 25 basis points in the second quarter and another 175-200 basis points in the fourth quarter to 
end the year at 0.00%-0.25%.   The Federal Funds rate remained unchanged throughout 2009. 

Our practice is to limit exposure to interest rate movements by maintaining a significant portion of earning assets and 
interest bearing liabilities in short-term repricing.  Historically, approximately 70% of our loan portfolio and 
approximately 80% of our time deposits have repriced in one year or less.  These historical percentages are consistent 
with our current interest rate sensitivity. 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis was $102.7 million, an 
increase of $4.6 million, or 4.7%, from the same period in 2008.  The increase in net interest income was the result of a 
$23.3 million decrease in interest expense offset by an $18.7 million decrease in interest income.  As a result, the net 
interest margin was 3.78% for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 3 basis points from 2008. 

The $23.3 million decrease in interest expense for 2009 is primarily the result of a 108 basis point decrease in cost of 
funds due to competitive repricing during a falling interest rate environment, partially offset by a $57.3 million increase 
in average interest bearing liabilities.  The growth in average interest bearing liabilities was primarily due to our 
initiatives to enhance liquidity during 2008 and 2009 through (1) the introduction of a new high yield investment 
deposit account and (2) securing additional long-term FHLB advances.  The lower interest rates accounted for a $22.8 
million decrease in interest expense. The most significant component of this decrease was the $12.6 million decrease 
associated with the repricing of our time deposits that resulted from time deposits that matured during the period or 
were tied to a rate that fluctuated with changes in market rates.  Historically, approximately 80% of our time deposits 
reprice in one year or less.  As a result, the average rate paid on time deposits decreased 131 basis points from 3.74% to 
2.43%.  Lower rates on federal funds purchased and other debt resulted in an additional $1.7 million decrease in interest 
expense, with the average rate paid on debt decreasing by 108 basis points from 2.77% to 1.69%.  The higher level of 
average interest bearing liabilities resulted in a $522,000 decrease in interest expense.  More specifically, the higher 
level of average interest bearing liabilities was the result of increases of approximately $50.3 million from internal 
deposit growth and $7.0 million in federal funds purchased and other debt. 

The $18.7 million decrease in interest income for 2009 is primarily the result of a 91 basis point decrease in yield on 
earning assets associated with the repricing to a lower interest rate environment, offset by a $95.8 million increase in 
average interest earning assets due to internal growth.  The lower interest rates accounted for a $24.3 million decrease 
in interest income.  The most significant component of this decrease was the $14.6 million decrease associated with the 
repricing of our loan portfolio that resulted from loans that matured during the period or were tied to a rate that 
fluctuated with changes in market rates.  Historically, approximately 70% of our loan portfolio reprices in one year or 
less.  As a result, the average rate earned on the loan portfolio decreased 76 basis points from 6.68% to 5.92%.  The 
growth in average interest earning assets resulted in a $5.5 million improvement in interest income.  The growth in 
investment securities accounted for $3.0 million of the increase, while the growth in average loans resulted in 
$2.2 million of this increase. 

Our net interest margin decreased 21 basis points to 3.75% for the year ended December 31, 2008, when compared to 
3.96% for the same period in 2007.  Based on our current interest rate risk pricing model, we anticipate flat to slight 
margin improvement in 2010.  

24

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tables 1 and 2 reflect an analysis of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis for the years ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as well as changes in fully taxable equivalent net interest 
margin for the years 2009 versus 2008 and 2008 versus 2007. 

Table 1: 
(FTE =Fully Taxable Equivalent) 

Analysis of Net Interest Income 

(In thousands) 

Interest income 
FTE adjustment 

Interest income - FTE 
Interest expense 

Years Ended December 31 
2008 

2007 

2009 

$  136,533 
4,935 

$  156,141 
4,060 

$  168,536 
3,463 

141,468 
38,806 

160,201 
62,124 

171,999 
76,420 

Net interest income - FTE 

$  102,662 

$  98,077 

$  95,579 

Yield on earning assets - FTE 

Cost of interest bearing liabilities 

Net interest spread - FTE  

Net interest margin - FTE 

5.21% 

1.69% 

3.52% 

3.78% 

6.12% 

2.77% 

3.35% 

3.75% 

7.13% 

3.69% 

3.44% 

3.96% 

Table 2: 

Changes in Fully Taxable Equivalent Net Interest Margin 

(In thousands) 

Increase due to change in earning assets 
(Decrease) due to change in earning asset yields 
Increase due to change in interest rates paid on 

interest bearing liabilities 

Increase (decrease) due to change in interest bearing liabilities 

Increase in net interest income 

2009 vs. 2008  2008 vs. 2007     

$ 

5,523 
(24,256) 

$ 

10,688 
(22,486)   

22,796 
522 

16,216 
(1,920)   

$ 

4,585 

$ 

2,498 

25

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3 shows, for each major category of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, the average (computed on a 
daily basis) amount outstanding, the interest earned or expensed on such amount and the average rate earned or 
expensed for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009.  The table also shows the average 
rate earned on all earning assets, the average rate expensed on all interest bearing liabilities, the net interest spread and 
the net interest margin for the same periods.  The analysis is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis.  Nonaccrual 
loans were included in average loans for the purpose of calculating the rate earned on total loans. 

Table 3: 

Average Balance Sheets and Net Interest Income Analysis 

2009 

Years Ended December 31 
2008 

Average 
Balance 

Income/  Yield/ 
Expense  Rate(%) 

Average 
Balance 

Income/  Yield/ 
Expense  Rate(%) 

2007 
Income/  Yield/ 

Average 
Balance  Expense  Rate(%)   

(In thousands) 

ASSETS 

Earning Assets 
Interest bearing balances 

due from banks 
Federal funds sold 
Investment securities - taxable 
Investment securities - non-taxable 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Assets held in trading accounts 
Loans  

Total interest earning assets 

Non-earning assets 

$ 

120,763  $ 
4,271 
448,918 
196,446 
12,428 
6,187 
  1,924,317 
2,713,330 
251,282 

439 
27 
13,896 
12,632 
608 
20 
  113,846 
  141,468 

83,547  $  1,415 
0.36  $ 
748 
34,577 
0.63 
21,057 
437,612 
3.10 
10,173 
157,793 
6.43 
411 
6,909 
4.89 
73 
0.32 
5,711 
  126,324 
5.92    1,891,357 
2,617,506 
  160,201 
5.21 
250,675 

1.69  $ 
2.16 
4.81 
6.45 
5.95 
1.28 
6.68 
6.12 

22,957  $  1,161 
1,418 
26,798 
18,362 
395,388 
8,454 
131,369 
505 
7,971 
100 
4,958 
  1,822,777    141,999 
2,412,218    171,999 

5.06   
5.29   
4.64   
6.44   
6.34 
2.02   
7.79 
7.13 

254,656 

$  2,666,874 

Total assets 

$  2,964,612 

$  2,868,181 

LIABILITIES AND 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Liabilities 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Interest bearing transaction 
and savings deposits 

Time deposits 

Total interest bearing deposits 

Federal funds purchased and 

securities sold under agreement 
to repurchase 

Other borrowed funds 
Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 

Total interest bearing liabilities  

Non-interest bearing liabilities 

Non-interest bearing deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and  

stockholders’ equity 

Net interest spread 
Net interest margin 

$  1,091,960  $  8,252 
  22,794 
31,046 

939,358 
2,031,318 

0.76  $ 
2.43    1,021,427 
1,980,994 
1.53 

959,567  $  14,924 
  38,226 
53,150 

1.56  $ 
3.74 
2.68 

736,160  $  13,089 
  1,124,557    52,385 
65,474 

1,860,717 

1.78 
4.66 
3.52 

107,975 

769 

0.71 

113,964 

2,110 

1.85 

113,167 

5,371 

4.75 

2,583 
160,963 
2,302,839 

33 
6,958 
  38,806 

1.28 
4.32   
1.69 

4,333 
146,218 
2,245,509 

111 
6,753 
  62,124 

2.56 
4.62 
2.77 

14,757 
81,408   

804 
4,771 
2,070,049    76,420 

5.45 
5.86 
3.69 

332,998 
23,565 
2,659,402 
305,210 

317,772 
22,714 
2,585,995 
282,186 

307,041 
23,156 
2,400,246 
266,628 

$  2,964,612 

$  2,868,181 

$  2,666,874 

$ 102,662 

3.52 
3.78 

$  98,077 

3.35 
3.75 

$  95,579 

3.44 
3.96 

26

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 4 shows changes in interest income and interest expense, resulting from changes in volume and changes in 
interest rates for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, as compared to prior years.  The changes in 
interest rate and volume have been allocated to changes in average volume and changes in average rates in proportion 
to the relationship of absolute dollar amounts of the changes in rates and volume. 

Table 4: 

Volume/Rate Analysis 

(In thousands, on a fully 
 taxable equivalent basis) 

Increase (decrease) in 

Interest income 

Interest bearing balances 

due from banks 
Federal funds sold 
Investment securities - taxable 
Investment securities - non-taxable 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Assets held in trading accounts 
Loans 

Years Ended December 31  

2009 over 2008 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Volume 

Total 

2008 over 2007 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Volume 

Total 

$  451  $  (1,427)  $  (976)  $  1,436 
332 
2,094 
1,704 
(64) 
2 
  5,184 

(322) 
(7,692) 
(26) 
(84) 
(59) 
 (14,646) 

(721) 
(7,161) 
2,459 
197 
(53) 
 (12,478) 

(399) 
531 
2,485 
281 
6 
  2,168 

$ (1,182)  $  254 
(670) 
2,665 
1,719 
(94) 
3 
 (15,675) 

(1,002) 
571 
15 
(30) 
1 
 (20,859) 

Total 

  5,523 

 (24,256) 

 (18,733) 

  10,688 

 (22,486) 

 (11,798) 

Interest expense 

Interest bearing transaction and 

savings deposits 

Time deposits 
Federal funds purchased 

and securities sold under 
agreements to repurchase 

Other borrowed funds 
Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 

Total 

Increase (decrease) in 
 net interest income 

Provision for Loan Losses 

1,835 
(2,870) 

(8,507) 
(12,562) 

(6,672) 
(15,432) 

3,620 
(4,504) 

(1,785) 
(9,655) 

1,835 
(14,159) 

(106) 

(1,235) 

(1,341) 

38 

(3,299) 

(3,261) 

(35) 
654 

(43) 
  (449) 

(78) 
205 

(396) 
  3,162 

(297) 
  (1,180) 

(693) 
  1,982 

(522) 

 (22,796) 

 (23,318) 

  1,920 

 (16,216) 

 (14,296) 

$  6,045  $  (1,460)  $  4,585 

$  8,768 

$ (6,270)  $  2,498 

The provision for loan losses represents management's determination of the amount necessary to be charged against the 
current period's earnings in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate in relation to 
the estimated risk inherent in the loan portfolio.  The level of provision to the allowance is based on management's 
judgment, with consideration given to the composition, maturity and other qualitative characteristics of the portfolio, 
historical loan loss experience, assessment of current economic conditions, past due and non-performing loans and net 
loan loss experience.  It is management's practice to review the allowance on at least a quarterly basis, but generally on 
a monthly basis, and, after considering the factors previously noted, to determine the level of provision made to the 
allowance. 

The provision for loan losses for 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $10.3 million, $8.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively.  
During 2009, we increased our provision by approximately $1.7 million, primarily due to increases in net credit card 
charge-offs, increases in non-performing loans and a continued deterioration of the real estate market in the Northwest 
Arkansas region.  The 2008 increase was related to special provisions totaling approximately $2.4 million for possible 
loan losses in the Northwest Arkansas region and credit card charge-off increases from the historical lows we 
experienced in 2007 and 2006. 

27

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Interest Income 

Total non-interest income was $52.7 million in 2009, compared to $49.3 million in 2008 and $46.0 million in 2007. 
Non-interest income is principally derived from recurring fee income, which includes service charges, trust fees and 
credit card fees.  Non-interest income also includes income on the sale of mortgage loans, investment banking income, 
premiums on sale of student loans, income from the increase in cash surrender values of bank owned life insurance and 
gains (losses) from sales of securities. 

Table 5 shows non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as well as 
changes in 2009 from 2008 and in 2008 from 2007. 

Table 5: 

Non-Interest Income  

(In thousands) 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 
2008 
2009 

2009 
Change from 
2008 

2008 
Change from 

2007 

Trust income 
Service charges on deposit accounts  17,944 
2,668 
Other service charges and fees 
Income on sale of mortgage loans, 

$  5,227  $  6,230  $  6,218 
14,794 
3,016 

15,145 
2,681 

$(1,003)  -16.10%  $ 

2,799 
(13) 

18.48 
-0.48 

12 
351 
(335) 

0.19% 
2.37 
-11.11 

 net of commissions 

Income on investment banking, 

 net of commissions 

Credit card fees 
Premiums on sale of student loans 
Bank owned life insurance income 
Gain on mandatory partial 

 redemption of Visa shares 

Other income 
Gain (loss) on sale of securities, net   
Total non-interest income 

4,032 

2,606 

2,766 

1,426 

54.72 

(160) 

-5.78 

2,153 
14,392 
2,333 
1,270 

1,025 
13,579 
1,134 
1,547 

623 
12,217 
2,341 
1,493 

813 

1,128  110.05 
5.99 
1,199  105.73 
(277)  -17.91 

402 
1,362 
(1,207) 
54 

64.53 
11.15 
-51.56 
3.62 

-- 
2,548   
144   

-- 
2,535 
-- 
$  52,711  $  49,326  $  46,003 

2,973 
2,406   
--   

(2,973) -100.00 
5.90 
-- 

2,973 
(129) 
-- 
6.86%  $  3,323 

142 
144 
$  3,385 

-- 
-5.09 
-- 
7.22% 

Recurring fee income for 2009 was $40.2 million, an increase of $2.6 million, or 6.9%, when compared with the 
2008 amounts.  Service charges on deposit accounts increased by $2.8 million, principally due to changes in our fee 
structure, along with core deposit growth.  Credit card fees increased $814, 000, primarily due to a higher volume of 
credit and debit card transactions, with the credit card volume increase a direct result of the addition of new credit card 
accounts in 2007 through 2009.  Trust income decreased $1.0 million, primarily due to the sharp decline seen in our 
money fund shareholder service fees in the corporate trust area as money market rates have gone to near zero.  We 
anticipate those revenues will return when rates begin to rise.  Also, we had some large one-time estate administration 
fees in 2008 that impacted the decrease in fees in 2009. 

Recurring fee income for 2008 was $37.6 million, an increase of $1.4 million, or 3.8%, when compared with the 
2007 amounts.  Service charges on deposit accounts increased by $351,000, principally due improvement in our fee 
structure, along with core deposit growth.  Other service charges and fees decreased by $335,000, primarily due to a 
decrease in commission revenue from a third party official check vendor as a result of a contract expiration and the 
change in business related to Check 21.  Credit card fees increased $1.4 million, primarily due to a higher volume of 
credit and debit card transactions, with the credit card volume increase a direct result of the addition of new credit card 
accounts in 2007 and 2008. 

Income on sale of mortgage loans increased by $1.4 million, or 54.7%, in 2009 compared to 2008.  Lower mortgage 
rates led to a significant increase in residential financing and refinancing volume.   Like the rest of the industry, a 
significant portion of the increase came from refinancing.  However, the federal first time buyer program was also a 
major stimulus for our overall mortgage production. 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, income on investment banking increased $1.1 million, or 110%, from the 
year ended 2008.  This improvement was primarily due to a volume-driven revenue increase in our dealer bank 
operation, which carried over from 2008.  During 2008, income on investment banking increased $402,000, or 64.5%, 

28

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
from 2007, due to additional sales volume driven by the interest rate environment, called securities and customer 
liquidity. 

Premiums on sale of student loans increased by $1.2 million, or 106%, for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
compared to 2008.  Premiums on sale of student loans had decreased by $1.2 million from 2007 to 2008.  These 
fluctuations in income from student loan sales are due to timing of sales and do not reflect historical levels of income. 

During 2008, the student loan industry began going through major challenges related to secondary market liquidity, 
leaving the Company with no private market to sell student loans at a premium.  In July 2008, the United States 
Department of Education announced a one-year program to create temporary stability and liquidity in the student loan 
market.  We sold one package of student loans into the government program during the second quarter of 2009, and, 
during the third quarter of 2009, sold the remaining student loans originated and fully funded during the 2008-2009 
school year. The federal government has announced a one-year extension of its program to purchase student loans.  For 
the immediate future, it is our intention, and we have the liquidity, to continue to fund new loans and hold those loans 
that normally would be sold into the secondary market through the 2009-2010 school year.  Those loans would all be 
sold into the government program during the second and third quarters of 2010.  Under the terms of the government 
program, the loans are sold at par plus reimbursement of the 1% lender fee and a premium of $75 per loan. 

We expect to record a total of approximately $2.5 million of non-interest income from premiums on sale of student 
loans during the second and third quarters of 2010, when the loans are sold.  We will continue to evaluate the 
profitability and viability of this strategic business unit going forward. 

During the first quarter of 2008, we recognized a nonrecurring $3.0 million gain from the cash proceeds received on the 
mandatory partial redemption of our equity interest in Visa, which was the result of Visa’s IPO completed in March 
2008. 

We recorded net gains of $144,000 from the sale of securities during 2009.  There were no gains or losses on sale of 
securities during 2008 and 2007. 

Non-Interest Expense 

Non-interest expense consists of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment, foreclosure losses and other 
expenses necessary for the operation of the Company.  Management remains committed to controlling the level of non-
interest expense through the continued use of expense control measures that have been installed.  We utilize an 
extensive profit planning and reporting system involving all subsidiaries.  Based on a needs assessment of the business 
plan for the upcoming year, monthly and annual profit plans are developed, including manpower and capital 
expenditure budgets.  These profit plans are subject to extensive initial reviews and monitored by management on a 
monthly basis.  Variances from the plan are reviewed monthly and, when required, management takes corrective action 
intended to ensure financial goals are met.  We also regularly monitor staffing levels at each affiliate to ensure 
productivity and overhead are in line with existing workload requirements. 

Non-interest expense for 2009 was $104.7 million, an increase of $8.4 million or 8.7%, from 2008.  Included in non-
interest expense for 2008 was a $1.2 million nonrecurring item related to the reversal of the Company’s portion of 
Visa’s contingent litigation liabilities.  We established the liability and recorded a $1.2 million nonrecurring expense 
item during the fourth quarter of 2007.  This liability represented our share of legal judgments and settlements related to 
Visa’s litigation, which was satisfied by the $3 billion escrow account funded by the proceeds from Visa’s IPO, which 
was completed during the quarter ended March 31, 2008.  When normalized for the Visa litigation expense reversal, 
non-interest expense for 2009 increased by 7.3% over 2008. 

Deposit insurance expense during 2009 increased to $4.6 million from $793,000 in 2008, an increase of $3.8 million, or 
485%. The increase in deposit insurance expense was due to increases in the fee assessment rates during 2009, the 
utilization of available credits to offset assessments during 2008 and a special assessment applied to all insured 
institutions as of June 30, 2009.  

In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository 
institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 
10 basis points of domestic deposits.  The special assessment is part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the Deposit 
Insurance Fund (“DIF”).  Deposit insurance expense during 2009 included $1.5 million related to the special 
assessment.  The amended rule also permits the FDIC to impose an additional emergency special assessment after 

29

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2009, of up to five basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance.  We 
cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate amount or timing of any such special assessments, should such special 
assessments occur, as such special assessments depend upon a variety of factors which are beyond our control.  The 
imposed special assessment, as well as any future increases in assessments, adversely affects our noninterest 
expense and results of operations. 

In September 2009, the FDIC announced that it would require insured banks to prepay their estimated FDIC 
assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the next three years on December 30, 2009. The FDIC also 
adopted a uniform three basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011.  The total amount of 
our prepaid assessment at was approximately $11.2 million. 

Fees paid for professional services increased by $819,000, or 29.0%, in 2009 over 2008.  The increase in professional 
services, which consist of audit, accounting, legal and consulting fees, was primarily due to the following proactive 
ititiatives that we undertook in 2009.  First, we expensed legal and accounting fees associated with the CPP approval 
process and the filing of our $175 million shelf registration.  Next, as part of our strategic acquisition initiatives, we 
contracted a consultant to help us prepare for potential opportunities related to FDIC-assisted transactions.  Finally, 
during the last half of 2009, we began to expense costs, associated with our ongoing efficiency initiatives, which we 
expect to produce significant savings and revenue enhancements in 2010 and beyond.  See Item 1. Business – 
Efficiency Initiatives for additional information on our efficiency initiatives. 

Credit card expense for 2009 increased $380,000, or 8.14%, over 2008, primarily due to increased card usage, 
interchange fees and other related expense resulting from initiatives we have taken to grow our credit card portfolio.  
See Loan Portfolio section for additional information on our credit card portfolio. 

Non-interest expense for 2008 was $96.4 million, an increase of $2.2 million or 2.3%, from 2007.  The increase in non-
interest expense during 2008 compared to 2007 is primarily attributed to normal on-going operating expenses and the 
incremental expenses of approximately $1.6 million associated with the operation of new financial centers opened 
during 2008. 

As previously mentioned, also included in non-interest expense for 2008 is a $1.2 million nonrecurring item related to 
the reversal of the Company’s portion of Visa’s contingent litigation liabilities, originally established and recorded as a 
$1.2 million nonrecurring expense item during the fourth quarter of 2007.  When normalized for the Visa litigation 
expense, its reversal and the additional expenses from the expansion, non-interest expense for 2008 increased by 
3.2% over 2007. 

Deposit insurance expense increased by $465,000 in 2008, or 142%, over 2007.  During 2007, the FDIC issued credits 
based on historical deposit levels to be used in offsetting deposit insurance assessments; our subsidiary banks received 
approximately $1.8 million of these credits.  The majority of the credits were exhausted by the third quarter of 2008.  
As these credits were used, FDIC insurance expense increased.  

Credit card expense for 2008 increased $576,000, or 14.1%, over 2007, primarily due to increased card usage, 
interchange fees and other related expense resulting from initiatives the Company has taken to grow its credit card 
portfolio. 

Other non-interest expense for 2008 includes an increase of $289,000 for compensation expense.  In 2008, as required 
by ASC Topic 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits, we began to recognize the expense for endorsement split-
dollar life insurance policies that provide benefits to employees that extend to post-retirement periods. 

Core deposit premium amortization expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was 
$805,000, $807,000 and $817,000, respectively.  The Company’s estimated amortization expense for each of the 
following five years is:  2010 – $702,000; 2011 – $451,000; 2012 – $321,000; 2013 – $268,000; and 2014 – $28,000.  
The estimated amortization expense decreases as core deposit premiums fully amortize in future years. 

30

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 6 below shows non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as 
well as changes in 2009 from 2008 and in 2008 from 2007. 

Table 6: 

Non-Interest Expense 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 
2008 
2009 

2009 
Change from 
2008 

2008 
Change from 
2007 

$  58,317  $  57,050  $  54,865 
6,674 
5,865 
212 
328 

7,457 
6,195 
453 
4,642 

7,383 
5,967 
239 
793 

$1,267 
74 
228 
214 

2.22%  $  2,185 
709 
1.00 
102 
3.82 
89.54 
27 
465 
3,849  485.37 

3.98% 
10.62 
1.74 
12.74 
 141.77 

3,643 
2,409 
2,113 
5,051 
1,470 
805 
-- 

2,824 
2,256 
1,868 
4,671 
1,588 
807 
(1,220) 

2,780 
2,309 
1,820 
4,095 
1,669 
817 
1,220 
  12,167    12,134    11,543 
$104,722  $  96,360  $  94,197 

819 
153 
245 
380 
(118) 
(2) 

44 
29.00 
(53) 
6.78 
48 
13.12 
576 
8.14 
(81) 
-7.43 
(10) 
-0.25 
(2,440) 
1,220  -100.00 
0.27 
591 
8.68%  $  2,163 

33 
$8,362 

1.62 
-2.30 
2.64 
14.07 
-4.85 
-1.22 
-- 
5.11 
2.30% 

(In thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense, net 
Furniture and equipment expense 
Loss on foreclosed assets 
Deposit insurance 
Other operating expenses 
Professional services 
Postage 
Telephone 
Credit card expense 
Operating supplies 
Amortization of core deposits  
Visa litigation liability expense 
Other expense 

Total non-interest expense 

Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes for 2009 was $10.2 million, compared to $11.4 million in 2008 and $12.4 million in 
2007.  The effective income tax rates for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 28.8%, 29.8% and 31.2%, 
respectively. 

Loan Portfolio 

Our loan portfolio averaged $1.924 billion during 2009 and $1.891 billion during 2008.  As of December 31, 2009, 
total loans were $1.875 billion, compared to $1.933 billion on December 31, 2008.  The most significant components of 
the loan portfolio were loans to businesses (commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and agricultural loans) and 
individuals (consumer loans, credit card loans and single-family residential real estate loans). 

We seek to manage our credit risk by diversifying the loan portfolio, determining that borrowers have adequate sources 
of cash flow for loan repayment without liquidation of collateral, obtaining and monitoring collateral, providing an 
adequate allowance for loan losses and regularly reviewing loans through the internal loan review process.  The loan 
portfolio is diversified by borrower, purpose and industry and, in the case of credit card loans, which are unsecured, by 
geographic region.  We seek to use diversification within the loan portfolio to reduce credit risk, thereby minimizing the 
adverse impact on the portfolio, if weaknesses develop in either the economy or a particular segment of borrowers.  
Collateral requirements are based on credit assessments of borrowers and may be used to recover the debt in case of 
default.  We use the allowance for loan losses as a method to value the loan portfolio at its estimated collectable 
amount.  Loans are regularly reviewed to facilitate the identification and monitoring of deteriorating credits. 

Consumer loans consist of credit card loans, student loans and other consumer loans.  Consumer loans were 
$443.1 million at December 31, 2009, or 23.6% of total loans, compared to $419.3 million, or 21.7% of total loans at 
December 31, 2008.  The $23.8 million consumer loan increase from 2008 to 2009 is primarily due to an increase in the 
credit card portfolio.  

The credit card portfolio balance at December 31, 2009, increased by $19.5 million, or 11.5%, when compared to the 
same period in 2008.  This follows a $3.5 million, or 2.2% growth during the previous year.  The growth in outstanding 
credit card balances is primarily the result of an increase in net new accounts.  We added over 15,000 net new accounts 
in 2009, compared to approximately 5,000 net new accounts in 2008.  We believe the increase in outstanding balances 

31

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and the addition of new accounts are the result of the introduction of several initiatives over the past few years to make 
our credit card products more competitive, while maintaining extremely high underwriting standards.  

The student loan portfolio balance at December 31, 2009 was $114.3 million, an increase of $2.7 million, or 2.43%, 
from December 31, 2008.  The student loan portfolio balance at December 31, 2008 was $111.6 million, an increase of 
$35.3 million, or 46.3%, from December 31, 2007.  The significant increase in student loan balances from 2007 to 2008 
was due to the lack of a secondary student loan market and our decision to hold loans normally sold in the secondary 
market until we could sell them at a premium into the government program.   See Non-Interest Income section for 
additional information. 

Real estate loans consist of construction loans, single family residential loans and commercial loans.  Real estate loans 
were $1.169 billion at December 31, 2009, or 62.4% of total loans, compared to $1.219 billion, or 63.1% of total loans 
at December 31, 2008, a decrease of $49.8 million.  Our construction and development (“C&D”) loans decreased by 
$44.2 million, with approximately $11.7 million migrating to our commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans and the balance 
being liquidated or refinanced elsewhere.  Considering the challenges in the economy, we believe it is important to note 
that we have no significant concentrations in our real estate loan portfolio mix.  Our C&D loans represent only 9.6% of 
our loan portfolio and, CRE loans (excluding C&D) represent 31.8% of our loan portfolio, both of which compare very 
favorably to our peers. 

Commercial loans consist of commercial loans, agricultural loans and loans to financial institutions.  Commercial loans 
were $257.0 million at December 31, 2009, or 13.7% of total loans, compared to the $284.2 million, or 14.7% of total 
loans at December 31, 2008.  This $27.2 million decrease in commercial loans is primarily due to a $24.3 million 
decrease in commercial loans and $3.4 million decrease in agricultural loans. 

The amounts of loans outstanding at the indicated dates are reflected in table 7, according to type of loan. 

Table 7:   

Loan Portfolio 

(In thousands) 

2009 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 

2006 

2008 

2005 

Consumer 

Credit cards 
Student loans 
Other consumer 
  Total consumer 

Real Estate 

Construction 
Single family residential 
Other commercial 
  Total real estate 

Commercial 

Commercial 
Agricultural 
Financial institutions 
  Total commercial 

Other 

$  189,154  $  169,615  $  166,044  $  143,359  $  143,058 
89,818 
  138,051 
  370,927 

84,831 
  142,596 
  370,786 

76,277 
  137,624 
  379,945 

111,584 
  138,145 
  419,344 

114,296 
139,647 
443,097 

180,759 
392,208 
596,517 
  1,169,484 

224,924 
409,540 
  584,843 
 1,219,307 

260,924 
382,676 
  542,184 
 1,185,784 

277,411 
364,450 
  512,404 
 1,154,265 

238,898 
340,839 
  479,684 
 1,059,421 

168,206 
84,866 
3,885 
  256,957 

5,451   

192,496 
88,233 
3,471 
    284,200 
10,223 

193,091 
73,470 
7,440 
  274,001 
10,724 

178,028 
62,293 
4,766 
  245,087 
13,357 

184,920 
68,761 
20,499 
  274,180 
13,579 

Total loans 

$1,874,989  $ 1,933,074  $ 1,850,454  $ 1,783,495  $ 1,718,107 

32

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table 8 reflects the remaining maturities and interest rate sensitivity of loans at December 31, 2009.  

Table 8: 

Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans 

Over 1 
year 
through 
5 years 

1 year 
or less 

Over 
5 years 

Total   

$  364,232 
746,924 
198,464 
4,569 

$  78,234 
395,216 
57,024 
608 

$ 

631 
27,344 
1,469 
274 

$  443,097 
1,169,484 
256,957 
5,451 

$1,314,189 

$  531,082 

$  29,718 

$ 1,874,989 

$  684,919 
  629,270 

$  479,559 
51,523 

$  26,711 
3,007 

$ 1,191,189 
683,800 

$1,314,189 

$  531,082 

$  29,718 

$ 1,874,989 

(In thousands) 

Consumer 
Real estate 
Commercial 
Other 

      Total 

Predetermined rate 
Floating rate 

      Total 

Asset Quality   

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will not receive all amounts due according to the contractual 
terms of the loans.  Impaired loans include non-performing loans (loans past due 90 days or more and nonaccrual loans) 
and certain other loans identified by management that are still performing. 

Non-performing loans are comprised of (a) nonaccrual loans, (b) loans that are contractually past due 90 days and (c) 
other loans for which terms have been restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal, because of 
deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.  The subsidiary banks recognize income principally on the 
accrual basis of accounting.  When loans are classified as nonaccrual, generally, the accrued interest is charged off and 
no further interest is accrued.  Loans, excluding credit card loans, are placed on a nonaccrual basis either: (1) when 
there are serious doubts regarding the collectability of principal or interest, or (2) when payment of interest or principal 
is 90 days or more past due and either (i) not fully secured or (ii) not in the process of collection.  If a loan is 
determined by management to be uncollectible, the portion of the loan determined to be uncollectible is then charged to 
the allowance for loan losses.   

Credit card loans are classified as impaired when payment of interest or principal is 90 days past due. Litigation 
accounts are placed on nonaccrual until such time as deemed uncollectible.  Credit card loans are generally charged off 
when payment of interest or principal exceeds 180 days past due, but are turned over to the credit card recovery 
department, to be pursued until such time as they are determined, on a case-by-case basis, to be uncollectible. 

The increase in nonaccrual loans from December 2008 to December 2009 is primarily attributable to the downgrade 
and subsequent nonaccrual status of one commercial real estate facility in the Northwest Arkansas region.  This credit 
represents $8.1 million of the $22.0 million nonaccrual loans at year-end. 

Historically, we have sold our student loans into the secondary market before they reached payout status, thus requiring 
no servicing by the Company.  Currently, with the banking industry no longer able to access the secondary market, and 
because the temporary federal government program only purchases student loans originated in the current year, we are 
required to service loans that have converted to a payout basis.  Student loans are classified as impaired when payment 
of interest or principal is 90 days past due.  Approximately $1.9 million of government guaranteed student loans were 
over 90 days past due as of December 31, 2009.  Under existing rules, when these loans exceed 270 days past due, the 
Department of Education will purchase them at 97% of principal and accrued interest.  Although these student loans 
remain guaranteed by the federal government, because they are over 90 days past due they are included in our non-
performing assets. 

Foreclosed assets held for sale increased during 2009 by a net $6.2 million as we received title to collateral securing 
approximately $10.3 million for loans previously classified as nonaccrual, offset by proceeds from the sales of such 
properties of approximately $4.1 million.  The increase in foreclosed assets held for sale during 2008 was insignificant. 
33

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Approximately $5.7 million of the foreclosed assets held for sale as of December 31, 2009, are related to C&D projects 
in the Northwest Arkansas region.  These were primarily residential real estate development ventures and associated 
businesses. 

Table 9 presents information concerning non-performing assets, including nonaccrual and restructured loans and other 
real estate owned. 

Table 9: 

Non-performing Assets 

(In thousands, except ratios) 

2009 

Years Ended December 31 
2007 

2006 

2008 

2005 

Nonaccrual loans 
Loans past due 90 days or more 

(principal or interest payments) 
Government guaranteed student loans (1) 
Other loans 

Total non-performing loans 

Other non-performing assets 

Foreclosed assets held for sale 
Other non-performing assets 

Total other non-performing assets 

$  21,994 

$  14,358 

$  9,909 

$  8,958 

$  7,296 

1,939 
1,383 
  25,316 

-- 
1,292 
  15,650 

-- 
1,282 
  11,191 

-- 
1,097 
  10,055 

-- 
   1,131 
   8,427 

9,179 
20 
9,199 

2,995 
12 
3,007 

2,629 
17 
2,646 

1,940 
52 
1,992 

1,540 
16 
   1,556 

Total non-performing assets 

$  34,515 

$  18,657 

$  13,837 

$  12,047 

$  9,983 

Allowance for loan losses to  

non-performing loans 

Non-performing loans to total loans 
Non-performing loans to total loans 

98.81% 
1.35 

165.12% 
0.81 

226.10% 
0.60 

252.46% 
0.56 

319.48% 
0.49 

(excluding government guaranteed student loans) (1) 

Non-performing assets to total assets 
Non-performing assets to total assets 

1.25 
1.12 

(excluding government guaranteed student loans) (1) 

1.05 

0.81 
0.64 

0.64 

0.60 
0.51 

0.51 

0.56 
0.45 

0.45 

0.49 
0.40 

0.40 

(1)  Student loans past due 90 days or more are included in non-performing loans.  Student loans are guaranteed by the 
federal government and will be purchased at 97% of principal and accrued interest when they exceed 270 days past 
due; therefore, non-performing ratios have been calculated excluding these loans.  

There was no interest income on the nonaccrual loans recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

At December 31, 2009, impaired loans, net of government guarantees, were $46.9 million compared to $15.7 million at 
December 31, 2008.  Impaired loans at December 31, 2009, include $1.9 million of government guaranteed student 
loans.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the underlying collateral on all impaired loans and allocates 
specific reserves, where appropriate, in order to absorb potential losses if the collateral were ultimately foreclosed.  

Allowance for Loan Losses 

Overview 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses.  This allowance is created through charges to income and 
maintained at a sufficient level to absorb expected losses in our loan portfolio.  The allowance for loan losses is 
determined monthly based on management’s assessment of several factors such as (1) historical loss experience based 
on volumes and types, (2) reviews or evaluations of the loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses, (3) trends in 
volume, maturity and composition, (4) off balance sheet credit risk, (5) volume and trends in delinquencies and non-
accruals, (6) lending policies and procedures including those for loan losses, collections and recoveries, (7) national, 
state and local economic trends and conditions, (8) concentrations of credit that might affect loss experience across one 

34

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
or more components of the loan portfolio, (9) the experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff and 
(10) other factors and trends that will affect specific loans and categories of loans. 

As we evaluate the allowance for loan losses, it is categorized as follows: (1) specific allocations, (2) allocations for 
classified assets with no specific allocation, (3) general allocations for each major loan category and (4) unallocated 
portion. 

Specific Allocations 

Specific allocations are made when factors are present requiring a greater reserve than would be required when using 
the assigned risk rating allocation.  As a general rule, if a specific allocation is warranted, it is the result of an analysis 
of a previously classified credit or relationship.  Our evaluation process in specific allocations includes a review of 
appraisals or other collateral analysis.  These values are compared to the remaining outstanding principal balance.  If a 
loss is determined to be reasonably possible, the possible loss is identified as a specific allocation.  If the loan is not 
collateral dependent, the measurement of loss is based on the expected future cash flows of the loan. 

Allocations for Classified Assets with No Specific Allocation 

We establish allocations for loans rated “watch” through “doubtful” based upon analysis of historical loss experience 
by category.  A percentage rate is applied to each of these loan categories to determine the level of dollar allocation.  
During the second quarter of 2009, we made adjustments to our methodology in the evaluation of the collectability of 
loans, which added quantitative factors to the internal and external influences used in determining the credit quality of 
loans and the allocation of the allowance.  This adjustment in methodology resulted in an addition to impaired loans 
from classified loans and a redistribution of allocated and unallocated reserves. 

It is likely that the methodology will continue to evolve over time.  Allocated reserves are presented in table 11 below 
detailing the components of the allowance for loan losses. 

General Allocations 

We establish general allocations for each major loan category.  This section also includes allocations to loans which are 
collectively evaluated for loss such as credit cards, one-to-four family owner occupied residential real estate loans and 
other consumer loans.  The allocations in this section are based on an analysis of historical losses for each loan 
category.  We give consideration to trends, changes in loan mix, delinquencies, prior losses and other related 
information. 

Unallocated Portion 

Allowance allocations other than specific, classified and general are included in the unallocated portion.  While 
allocations are made for loans based upon historical loss analysis, the unallocated portion is designed to cover the 
uncertainty of how current economic conditions and other uncertainties may impact the existing loan portfolio.  Factors 
to consider include national and state economic conditions such as increases in unemployment, the recent real estate 
lending crisis, the volatility in the stock market and the unknown impact of the Economic Stimulus package.  The 
extent and duration of the current economic recession remains uncertain at this time.  The unallocated reserve addresses 
inherent probable losses not included elsewhere in the allowance for loan losses.  The decrease in the unallocated 
portion of the reserve was due to allocations for higher historical losses and a higher percentage allocated to qualitative 
factors for internal and external influences.  While calculating allocated reserve, the unallocated reserve supports 
uncertainties within the loan portfolio. 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments 

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, we have established a reserve for unfunded commitments, classified in 
other liabilities.  This reserve is maintained at a level sufficient to absorb losses arising from unfunded loan 
commitments.  The adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments is determined monthly based on methodology 
similar to our methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses.  Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded 
commitments are included in other non-interest expense. 

35

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the last five years is shown in table 10. 

Table 10: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005   

Balance, beginning of year 

$  25,841 

$  25,303 

$  25,385 

$  26,923 

$  26,508 

Loans charged off 
Credit card 
Other consumer 
Real estate 
Commercial 

Total loans charged off 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off 

Credit card 
Other consumer 
Real estate 
Commercial 

Total recoveries 

Net loans charged off 

Reclass to reserve for unfunded commitments (1) 
Provision for loan losses 

5,336 
2,758 
4,814 
1,920 
  14,828 

3,760 
2,105 
2,987 
1,394 
  10,246 

920 
673 
1,393 
701 
3,687 
11,141 
-- 
  10,316 

883 
519 
207 
529 
2,138 
8,108 
-- 
8,646 

2,663 
1,538 
1,916 
715 
6,832 

1,024 
483 
648 
414 
2,569 
4,263 
-- 
4,181 

2,454 
1,242 
1,868 
1,317 
6,881 

4,950 
1,240 
1,048 
3,688 
   10,926 

1,040 
629 
901 
536 
3,106 
3,775 
(1,525) 
3,762 

832 
636 
251 
   2,096 
   3,815 
7,111 
-- 
   7,526 

Balance, end of year 

$  25,016 

$  25,841 

$  25,303 

$  25,385 

$  26,923 

Net charge-offs to average loans 
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans 
Allowance for loan losses to net charge-offs 

0.58% 
1.33% 
224.54% 

0.43% 
1.34% 
318.71% 

0.23% 
1.37% 
593.55% 

0.22% 
1.42% 
672.45% 

0.43% 
1.57% 
378.6% 

(1)   On March 31, 2006, the reserve for unfunded commitments was reclassified from the allowance for loan losses to 

other liabilities. 

Provision for Loan Losses 

The amount of provision to the allowance each year was based on management's judgment, with consideration given to 
the composition of the portfolio, historical loan loss experience, assessment of current economic conditions, past due 
and non-performing loans and net loss experience.  It is management's practice to review the allowance on at least a 
quarterly basis, but generally on a monthly basis, and after considering the factors previously noted, to determine the 
level of provision made to the allowance. 

Allocated Allowance for Loan Losses 

We utilize a consistent methodology in the calculation and application of the allowance for loan losses.  Because there 
are portions of the portfolio that have not matured to the degree necessary to obtain reliable loss statistics from which to 
calculate estimated losses, the unallocated portion of the allowance is an integral component of the total allowance.  
Although unassigned to a particular credit relationship or product segment, this portion of the allowance is vital to 
safeguard against the uncertainty and imprecision inherent when estimating credit losses, especially when trying to 
determine the impact the current and unprecedented economic crisis will have on the existing loan portfolios. 

Accordingly, several factors in the national economy, including the increase of unemployment rates, the continuing 
credit crisis, the mortgage crisis, the uncertainty in the residential and commercial real estate markets and other loan 
sectors which may be exhibiting weaknesses and the unknown impact of various current and future federal government 
economic stimulus programs influence our determination of the size of unallocated reserves. 

As of December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan losses reflects a decrease of approximately $825,000 from December 
31, 2008.  The decrease in the allowance correlates directly with a $58.1 million decrease in the total loan portfolio.  
The $58.1 million decrease was concentrated in our C&D and single family residential portfolios, which declined by 

36

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$44.2 million and $17.3 million, respectively.  These real estate related portfolios have been most adversely impacted 
by the overall economic downturn and the regional market saturation in Northwest Arkansas. 

In late 2006, the economy in Northwest Arkansas, particularly in the residential real estate market, started showing 
signs of deterioration which caused concerns over the full recoverability of this portion of our loan portfolio.  We 
continued to monitor the Northwest Arkansas economy and, beginning in the third quarter of 2007, specific credit 
relationships deteriorated to a level requiring increased general and specific reserves.  These credit relationships 
continued to deteriorate, and others were identified, prompting special loan loss provisions each quarter, beginning with 
the second quarter of 2008, resulting in an increase to the allowance allocation for real estate loans through December 
31, 2008.   

As the economic downturn continued through 2009, additional problem loans were identified and specific allocations 
were applied, resulting in a significant decrease in the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses.  Although 
several non-performing loans with large specific allocations were charged off during 2009, the identification of other 
non-performing loans with specific allocations late in 2009 resulted in a relatively small decrease in the total allocation 
to real estate loans as of December 31, 2009. 

Our allocation of the allowance for loan losses to credit card loans increased by approximately $1.9 million from 
December 31, 2008, to December 31, 2009, while credit card loan balances increased by $19.5 million during the 
period.  Annualized net credit card charge-offs to credit card loans increased from 2.02% at December 31, 2008, to 
2.41% at December 31, 2009.  Due to this increase in charge-offs, an increase in past due balances, elevated national 
unemployment levels and continued economic uncertainty, we increased the allocation to credit cards to 3.0%. 

The unallocated allowance for loan losses is based on our concerns over the uncertainty of the national economy and 
the economy in Arkansas.  The impact of market pricing in the poultry, timber and catfish industries in Arkansas 
remains uncertain.  Excessive rains received in Arkansas during 2009 delayed efforts to harvest and reduced the yield 
and quality of some crops.  We are also cautious regarding the continued softening of the real estate market in 
Arkansas, specifically in the Northwest Arkansas region.  The housing industry remains one of the weakest links for 
economic recovery.  Although Arkansas’s unemployment rate is lagging behind the national average, it has continued 
to rise.  We actively monitor the status of these industries and economic factors as they relate to our loan portfolio and 
make changes to the allowance for loan losses as necessary.  Based on our analysis of loans and external uncertainties, 
we believe the allowance for loan losses is adequate for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

We allocate the allowance for loan losses according to the amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for 
losses incurred within the categories of loans set forth in table 11. 

Table 11: 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

2009 

2008 

December 31 

2007 

2006 

2005   

(In thousands) 

Credit cards 
Other consumer 
Real estate 
Commercial 
Other 
Unallocated 

Allowance  % of  Allowance  % of  Allowance  % of  Allowance  % of  Allowance  % of 
loans(1) 

loans(1)  Amount 

loans(1)  Amount 

loans(1)  Amount 

loans(1)  Amount 

Amount 

$  5,808 
1,719 
11,164 
2,451 
161 
  3,713 

10.1%  $  3,957 
13.5% 
1,325 
11,695 
62.4% 
2,255 
13.7% 
209 
0.3% 
  6,400 

12.9% 
63.1% 
14.7% 
0.5% 

8.8%  $  3,841 
1,501 
10,157 
2,528 
187 
  7,089 

11.5% 
64.1% 
14.8% 
0.6% 

9.0%  $  3,702 
1,402 
9,835 
2,856 
-- 
  7,590 

12.8% 
64.7% 
13.7% 
0.8% 

8.0%  $  3,887 
1,158 
9,870 
5,857 
-- 
  6,151 

8.3% 
13.3% 
61.7% 
15.9% 
0.8% 

Total 

$ 25,016 

100.0%  $ 25,841 

100.0%  $ 25,303 

100.0%  $ 25,385 

100.0%  $ 26,923 

100.0% 

(1) Percentage of loans in each category to total loans 

37

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments and Securities 

Our securities portfolio is the second largest component of earning assets and provides a significant source of revenue.  
Securities within the portfolio are classified as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. 

Held-to-maturity securities, which include any security for which management has the positive intent and ability to hold 
until maturity, are carried at historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.  
Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income using the constant yield method 
over the period to maturity.  Interest and dividends on investments in debt and equity securities are included in income 
when earned. 

Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which management has no immediate plans to sell, but 
which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value.  Realized gains and losses, based on amortized cost of the 
specific security, are included in other income.  Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of related income tax 
effects, in stockholders' equity.  Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income, 
using the constant yield method over the period to maturity.  Interest and dividends on investments in debt and equity 
securities are included in income when earned. 

Our philosophy regarding investments is conservative based on investment type and maturity.  Investments in the 
portfolio primarily include U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government agencies, mortgage-backed securities and 
municipal securities.  Our general policy is not to invest in derivative type investments or high-risk securities, except for 
collateralized mortgage-backed securities for which collection of principal and interest is not subordinated to significant 
superior rights held by others. 

Held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities were $464.1 million and $182.9 million, respectively, 
at December 31, 2009, compared to the held-to-maturity amount of $187.3 million and available-for-sale amount of 
$458.8 million at December 31, 2008.  During 2009, we made a decision to change our portfolio targets from 
75% available-for-sale to 25% available-for-sale.  We chose this strategy due to our level of pledging and our history of 
holding securities to maturity. 

As of December 31, 2009, $254.2 million, or 54.8%, of the held-to-maturity securities were invested in U.S. Treasury 
securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies, 50.3% of which will mature in less than five years.  In the 
available-for-sale securities, $165.9 million, or 90.7%, were in U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, 
62.8% of which will mature in less than five years. 

In order to reduce our income tax burden, an additional $208.8 million, or 45.0%, of the held-to-maturity securities 
portfolio, as of December 31, 2009, was invested in tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions.  In the 
available-for-sale securities, there was none invested in tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions.  Most 
of the state and political subdivision debt obligations are non-rated bonds and represent relatively small, Arkansas 
issues, which are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  There are no securities of any one state or political subdivision issuer 
exceeding ten percent of our stockholders' equity at December 31, 2009. 

As of December 31, 2009, $1.5 million, or 0.82%, of the available-for-sale securities were invested in a money market 
mutual fund (the “AIM Fund”), included in other securities.  The AIM Fund is invested entirely in U.S. Treasury 
securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies, or repurchase agreements secured by such obligations.  The 
AIM Fund has no stated maturity date.  Investment amounts in the Fund are adjusted by management as needed, 
without penalty. 

We have approximately $90,000, or 0.02%, in mortgaged-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio at 
December 31, 2009.  In the available-for-sale securities, approximately $3.0 million, or 1.6% were invested in 
mortgaged-backed securities. 

As of December 31, 2009, the held-to-maturity investment portfolio had gross unrealized gains of $3.532 million and 
gross unrealized losses of $1.928 million. 

We had gross realized gains of $144,000 and no gross realized losses during the year ended December 31, 2009, from 
the sales and/or calls of securities.  We had no gross realized gains or losses during the years ended December 31, 2008 
and 2007, resulting from the sales and/or calls of securities. 

38

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading securities, which include any security held primarily for near-term sale, are carried at fair value.  Gains and 
losses on trading securities are included in other income.  Our trading account is established and maintained for the 
benefit of investment banking.  The trading account is typically used to provide inventory for resale and is not used to 
take advantage of short-term price movements.  As of December 31, 2009, $5.4 million, or 78%, of the trading 
securities were invested in the AIM Fund. 

Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be 
other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.  In estimating other-than-temporary impairment 
losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has 
been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (iii) the intent and ability of 
the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated 
recovery in fair value. 

During the third quarter of 2008, we determined that our investment in FNMA common stock, held in the available-
for-sale other securities category, had become other-than-temporarily impaired.  As a result of this impairment the 
security was written down by $75,000.  We had accumulated this stock over several years in the form of stock 
dividends from FNMA.  The remaining balance of this investment is approximately $5,000.  We have no investment 
in FNMA or FHLMC preferred stock. 

Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which 
time we expect to receive full value for the securities.  Furthermore, as of December 31, 2009, management also had 
the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available-for-sale for a period of time sufficient for a 
recovery of cost.  The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available 
at the time the underlying securities were purchased.  The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach 
their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline.  Management does not believe 
any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality.  Accordingly, as of December 31, 2009, 
management believes the impairments detailed in the table below are temporary. 

Table 12 presents the carrying value and fair value of investment securities for each of the years indicated. 

Table 12: 

Investment Securities 

Years Ended December 31  

2009 

2008 

(In thousands) 

Held-to-Maturity 

U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 

State and political 
subdivisions 
Other securities 

Gross 
Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized 
Gains 

(Losses) 

Gross 

Cost 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized 
Gains 

Fair 
(Losses)  Value 

Gross  Estimated 

Cost 

$  254,229 

$ 

799  $ (1,348)  $  253,680  $ 

18,000 

$ 

629  $ 

-- 

$   18,629 

90 

5 

-- 

95 

109 

2 

-- 

111 

208,812 
930 

2,728 
-- 

(580) 
-- 

210,960 
930 

168,262 
930 

1,264 
-- 

(1,876) 
-- 

167,650 
930 

Total 

$  464,061 

$  3,532  $ (1,928)  $  465,665  $  187,301 

$  1,895  $ (1,876)  $  187,320 

Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 

State and political 
subdivisions 
Other securities 

$ 

4,297 

$ 

32  $ 

--  $ 

4,329  $ 

5,976 

$ 

113  $ 

-- 

$  

6,089 

160,807 

953 

(236) 

161,524 

346,585 

5,444 

(868) 

351,161 

2,896 

-- 
13,633 

78 

-- 
399 

(2) 

2,972 

2,909 

37 

(67) 

2,879 

-- 
(3)   

-- 
14,029 

635 
97,625 

2 
448 

-- 
(6) 

637 
    98,067 

Total 

$  181,633 

$  1,462  $  (241)  $  182,854  $  453,730 

$  6,044  $  (941)  $  458,833 

39

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 13 reflects the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity 
and the weighted average yields (for tax-exempt obligations on a fully taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 37.5% tax 
rate) of such securities.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the 
right to call or prepay obligations, with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Table 13:  Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities 

December 31, 2009 

Over 
1 year 
through 
5 years 

1 year 
or less 

Over 
5 years 
Total 
through  Over  No fixed  Amortized  Par 
10 years  10 years  maturity 

Cost 

Value 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

--  $127,929  $126,300  $ 

--  $ 

--  $254,229  $254,245  $253,681 

-- 

7 

59 

25 

-- 

91 

90 

95 

9,833 

--    

62,255 
-- 

55,375 

--    

81,348 
930 

--  208,811  209,123  210,959 
930 
--    

930    

930 

(In thousands) 

Held-to-Maturity 
U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 

State and political 
subdivisions 
Other securities 

Total 

$  9,833  $190,191  $181,734  $ 82,303  $ 

--  $464,061  $464,388  $465,665 

Percentage of total 

    2.1%     41.0% 

    39.2%     17.7% 

    0.0%     100.0% 

Weighted average yield     

 4.4%      2.3% 

    4.1%      4.1% 

    0.0%      3.4% 

Available-for-Sale 
U.S. Treasury 
U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 
Other securities 

$  4,297  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $  4,297  $  4,300  $  4,329 

7,000 

92,938 

60,869 

-- 

--  160,807  160,815  161,524 

-- 
--    

1,221 

1,667 

--    

--    

8 
2,972 
--     13,633     13,633     13,633     14,029 

2,930 

2,896 

-- 

Total 

$ 11,297  $ 94,159  $ 62,536  $ 

8  $ 13,633  $181,633  $ 181,678  $ 182,854 

Percentage of total 

    6.2% 

   51.8% 

 34.4%      0.0%      7.5% 

 100.0% 

Weighted average yield      3.9% 

   1.6% 

  5.1%      3.0%      0.6% 

2.9% 

Deposits 

Deposits are our primary source of funding for earning assets and are primarily developed through our network of 
84 financial centers.  We offer a variety of products designed to attract and retain customers with a continuing focus on 
developing core deposits.  Our core deposits consist of all deposits excluding time deposits of $100,000 or more and 
brokered deposits.  As of December 31, 2009, core deposits comprised 81.8% of our total deposits. 

We continually monitor the funding requirements at each subsidiary bank along with competitive interest rates in the 
markets it serves.  Because of our community banking philosophy, subsidiary bank executives in the local markets 
establish the interest rates offered on both core and non-core deposits.  This approach ensures that the interest rates 
being paid are competitively priced for each particular deposit product and structured to meet the funding requirements.  
We believe we are paying a competitive rate when compared with pricing in those markets. 

40

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We manage our interest expense through deposit pricing and do not anticipate a significant change in total deposits. We 
believe that additional funds can be attracted and deposit growth can be accelerated through deposit pricing if it 
experiences increased loan demand or other liquidity needs.  We also utilize brokered deposits as an additional source 
of funding to meet liquidity needs. 

Our total deposits as of December 31, 2009 were $2.432 billion, an internal deposit growth of $96 million, or 4.1%, 
from $2.336 billion at December 31, 2008.  We introduced a new high yield investment deposit account during the first 
quarter of 2008 as part of our strategy to enhance liquidity.  While attracting new customers, the account has also 
resulted in existing customers moving more volatile, expensive time deposits to the high yield investment account. 
Interest bearing transaction and savings accounts were $1.156 billion at December 31, 2009, a $129.4 million increase 
compared to $1.027 billion on December 31, 2008.  Total time deposits decreased approximately $61.8 million to 
$912.75 million at December 31, 2009, from $974.56 million at December 31, 2008. 

Non-interest bearing transaction accounts increased $28.2 million to $363.2 million at December 31, 2009, compared to 
$335.0 million at December 31, 2008.  We had $21 million and $33 million of brokered deposits at December 31, 2009 
and 2008, respectively. 

Table 14 reflects the classification of the average deposits and the average rate paid on each deposit category, which are 
in excess of 10 percent of average total deposits for the three years ended December 31, 2009.      

Table 14: 

 Average Deposit Balances and Rates 

2009 
Average  Average 
Amount  Rate Paid 

December 31 
2008 
Average  Average 
Amount  Rate Paid 

2007 
Average  Average 
Amount  Rate Paid  

(In thousands) 

Non-interest bearing transaction 

accounts 

$  332,998 

-- 

$  317,772 

-- 

$  307,041 

--   

Interest bearing transaction and 

savings deposits 

Time deposits 

$100,000 or more 
   Other time deposits 

1,091,960 

0.76% 

959,567 

1.56% 

736,160 

1.78% 

406,924 
  532,434 

2.43% 
2.42% 

426,304 
  595,123 

3.80% 
3.70% 

441,854 
  682,703 

4.81% 
3.55% 

 Total 

$2,364,316 

1.31% 

$2,298,766 

2.31% 

$2,167,758 

3.02% 

The Company's maturities of large denomination time deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented in 
table 15. 

Table 15:  Maturities of Large Denomination Time Deposits 

Time Certificates of Deposit 
($100,000 or more) 
December 31 

2009 

2008 

Balance 

Percent 

Balance 

Percent 

(In thousands) 

Maturing 

Three months or less 
Over 3 months to 6 months 
Over 6 months to 12 months 
Over 12 months 

$  161,762 
  102,670 
120,162 
35,943 

38.5% 
24.4% 
28.6% 
8.5% 

$  144,982 
  107,093 
119,186 
47,133 

34.6% 
25.6% 
28.5%  
11.3%  

Total 

$  420,537 

100.00% 

$  418,394 

100.00% 

41

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Short-Term Debt 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase were $105.9 million at December 31, 2009, 
as compared to $115.4 million at December 31, 2008.  Other short-term borrowings, consisting of U.S. TT&L Notes 
and short-term FHLB borrowings, were $3.6 million at December 31, 2009, as compared to $1.1 million at 
December 31, 2008. 

We have historically funded our growth in earning assets through the use of core deposits, large certificates of deposits 
from local markets, FHLB borrowings and Federal funds purchased.  Management anticipates that these sources will 
provide necessary funding in the foreseeable future. 

Long-Term Debt 

Our long-term debt was $159.8 million and $158.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.   The 
outstanding balance for December 31, 2009 includes $128.9 million in FHLB long-term advances and $30.9 million of 
trust preferred securities.  The outstanding balance for December 31, 2008, includes $127.8 million in FHLB long-term 
advances and $30.9 million of trust preferred securities. 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we increased long-term debt by $1.2 million, or 0.73% from December 31, 
2008.  

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2009 are presented in table 16. 

Table 16:  Maturities of Long-Term Debt 

(In thousands) 

Year 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

  Annual 
Maturities 

$  29,013 
43,766 
6,713 
16,658 
4,985 
58,688 

Total 

$  159,823 

Capital 

Overview 

At December 31, 2009, total capital reached $371.2 million.  Capital represents shareholder ownership in the Company 
– the book value of assets in excess of liabilities.  At December 31, 2009, our equity to asset ratio was 12.0% compared 
to 9.88% at year-end 2008.   

Capital Stock 

On February 27, 2009, at a special meeting, our shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of 
Incorporation to establish 40,040,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value.  The aggregate 
liquidation preference of all shares of preferred stock cannot exceed $80,000,000.  As of December 31, 2009, no 
preferred stock has been issued. 

On August 26, 2009, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  
The shelf registration statement, which was declared effective on September 9, 2009, will allow us to raise capital 
from time to time, up to an aggregate of $175 million, through the sale of common stock, preferred stock, or a 
combination thereof, subject to market conditions.  Specific terms and prices will be determined at the time of any 
offering under a separate prospectus supplement that we will be required to file with the SEC at the time of the 
specific offering. 

42

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2009, the Company raised common equity through an underwritten public offering by issuing 
2,650,000 shares of common stock at a price of $24.50 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.  
The net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses 
were $61.3 million.  In December 2009, the underwriters of our stock offering exercised and completed their option 
to purchase an additional 397,500 shares of common stock at $24.50 to cover over-allotments.  The net proceeds of 
the exercise of the over-allotment option after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions were $9.2 
million. The total net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering 
expenses were approximately $70.5 million. 

Stock Repurchase 

On November 28, 2007, we announced the substantial completion of the existing stock repurchase program and the 
adoption by the Board of Directors of a new stock repurchase program.  The program authorizes the repurchase of up to 
700,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5% of the outstanding common stock.  Under the 
repurchase program, there is no time limit for the stock repurchases, nor is there a minimum number of shares we 
intend to repurchase.  The shares are to be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open 
market or unsolicited negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions.  We intend to use the repurchased 
shares to satisfy stock option exercises, for payment of future stock dividends and for general corporate purposes.  We 
may discontinue purchases at any time that management determines additional purchases are not warranted.  As part of 
our strategic focus on building capital, we suspended our stock repurchase program in July 2008.  We made no 
purchases of our common stock during the three months or year ended December 31, 2009.  Because of the recently 
completed stock offering and based on our strategy to retain capital, we do not anticipate resuming our stock repurchase 
during 2010. 

Cash Dividends 

We declared cash dividends on our common stock of $0.76 per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, 
compared to $0.76 per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.   The timing and amount of future 
dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our consolidated earnings, financial 
condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the amount of cash dividends paid to us by our subsidiaries, applicable 
government regulations and policies and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. Our Board of 
Directors anticipates that we will continue to pay quarterly dividends in amounts determined based on the factors 
discussed above.  However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock 
at the current levels or at all. See Item 5, Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters, 
for additional information regarding cash dividends. 

Parent Company Liquidity 

The primary liquidity needs of the Parent Company are the payment of dividends to shareholders, the funding of debt 
obligations and the share repurchase plan.  The primary sources for meeting these liquidity needs are the current cash 
on hand at the parent company and the future dividends received from the eight affiliate banks.  Payment of dividends 
by the eight subsidiary banks is subject to various regulatory limitations.  See Item 7A, Liquidity and Qualitative 
Disclosures About Market Risk, for additional information regarding the parent company’s liquidity. 

43

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-Based Capital 

Our subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary 
actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  Under capital 
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital 
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated 
under regulatory accounting practices.  Our capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments 
by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts 
and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets 
(as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes that, as of December 
31, 2009, we meet all capital adequacy requirements to which we are subject. 

As of the most recent notification from regulatory agencies, the subsidiaries were well capitalized under the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and subsidiaries must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no 
conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institutions’ categories. 

Our risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are presented in table 17 below:   

Table 17: 

Risk-Based Capital 

(In thousands, except ratios) 

Tier 1 capital 

Stockholders’ equity 
Trust preferred securities 
Goodwill and core deposit premiums (1) 
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale 

securities, net of income taxes 

Total Tier 1 capital 

Tier 2 capital 

Qualifying unrealized gain on  

available-for-sale equity securities 
Qualifying allowance for loan losses 

Total Tier 2 capital 

Total risk-based capital 

Risk weighted assets 

Ratios at end of year 

Leverage ratio 
Tier 1 capital 
Total risk-based capital 

Minimum guidelines 

Leverage ratio 
Tier 1 capital 
Total risk-based capital 

December 31 

2009 

2008 

$  371,247 
30,000 
(51,128) 

$  288,792 
30,000 
(53,034) 

(762) 

(3,190) 

  349,357 

  262,568 

5 
24,405 

24,410 

179 
24,827 

25,006 

$  373,767 

$  287,574 

$1,950,227 

$1,983,654 

11.64% 
17.91% 
19.17% 

4.00% 
4.00% 
8.00% 

9.15% 
13.24% 
14.50% 

4.00% 
4.00% 
8.00%   

(1) For December 31, 2009 and 2008, in accordance with an Interagency Final Rule, goodwill deducted 
from Tier 1 capital has been reduced by the amount of any deferred tax liability associated with that 
goodwill. 

44

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a number of financial commitments.  Examples of these 
commitments include but are not limited to long-term debt financing, operating lease obligations, unfunded loan 
commitments and letters of credit.   

Our long-term debt at December 31, 2009, includes notes payable, FHLB long-term advances and trust preferred 
securities, all of which we are contractually obligated to repay in future periods. 

Operating lease obligations entered into by the Company are generally associated with the operation of a few of our 
financial centers located throughout the state of Arkansas.  Our financial obligation on these locations is considered 
immaterial due to the limited number of financial centers that operate under an agreement of this type. 

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are legally binding, conditional agreements generally having fixed 
expiration or termination dates.  These commitments generally require customers to maintain certain credit standards 
and are established based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.  The commitments may expire without 
being drawn upon.  Therefore, the total commitment does not necessarily represent future funding requirements.   

The funding requirements of the Company's most significant financial commitments, at December 31, 2009, are shown 
in table 18. 

Table 18: 

Funding Requirements of Financial Commitments 

(In thousands) 

Long-term debt 
Credit card loan commitments 
Other loan commitments  
Letters of credit  

Payments due by period 

Less than  
1 Year 

1-3 
Years 

3-5 
Years 

Greater than 
 5 Years 

Total 

$  29,013 
  262,257 
393,437 
  10,391 

$  50,479  $  21,643 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 

$  58,688  $  159,823 
  262,257 
  393,437 
  10,391 

-- 
-- 
-- 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures 

We have $62.4 million and $63.2 million total goodwill and core deposit premiums for the periods ended December 31, 
2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  Because of our high level of these two intangible assets, management 
believes a useful calculation is return on tangible equity (non-GAAP).  This non-GAAP calculation for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which is similar to the GAAP calculation of return on 
average stockholders’ equity, is presented in table 19. 

Table 19:  

Return on Tangible Equity 

(In thousands, except ratios) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

Twelve months ended 

Return on average stockholders equity:  (A/C) 
8.26% 
Return on tangible equity (non-GAAP):  (A+B)/(C-D)  10.61% 

9.54% 
12.54% 

10.26% 
13.78% 

10.93%    11.24% 
15.79% 
15.03% 

(A)  Net income 
(B)  Amortization of intangibles, net of taxes 
(C)  Average stockholders' equity 
(D)  Average goodwill and core deposits, net 

$ 25,210  $ 26,910  $ 27,360  $ 27,481  $ 26,962 
522 
 239,976 
  65,913 

503 
 305,210 
  62,789 

504 
 282,186 
  63,600 

519 
 251,518 
  65,233 

511 
 266,628 
  64,409 

The table below presents computations of core earnings (net income excluding nonrecurring items {Visa litigation 
expense and reversal, gain from the cash proceeds on mandatory Visa stock redemption and the write-off of 
deferred debt issuance costs}) and diluted core earnings per share (non-GAAP).  Nonrecurring items are included in 
financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  

45

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe the exclusion of these nonrecurring items in expressing earnings and certain other financial measures, 
including “core earnings,” provides a meaningful base for period-to-period and company-to-company comparisons, 
which management believes will assist investors and analysts in analyzing the core financial measures of the 
Company and predicting future performance. This non-GAAP financial measure is also used by management to 
assess the performance of the Company’s business because management does not consider these nonrecurring items 
to be relevant to ongoing financial performance.  Management and the Board of Directors utilize “core earnings” 
(non-GAAP) for the following purposes: 

   •   Preparation of the Company’s operating budgets  
   •   Monthly financial performance reporting  
   •   Monthly “flash” reporting of consolidated results (management only)  
   •   Investor presentations of Company performance  

We believe the presentation of “core earnings” on a diluted per share basis, “diluted core earnings per share” (non-
GAAP), provides a meaningful base for period-to-period and company-to-company comparisons, which 
management believes will assist investors and analysts in analyzing the core financial measures of the Company and 
predicting future performance.  This non-GAAP financial measure is also used by management to assess the 
performance of the Company’s business, because management does not consider these nonrecurring items to be 
relevant to ongoing financial performance on a per share basis.  Management and the Board of Directors utilize 
“diluted core earnings per share” (non-GAAP) for the following purposes: 

   •   Calculation of annual performance-based incentives for certain executives  
   •   Calculation of long-term performance-based incentives for certain executives  
   •   Investor presentations of Company performance  

We believe that presenting these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors and analysts to assess the 
performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management and the Board of Directors.  

“Core earnings” and “diluted core earnings per share” (non-GAAP) have inherent limitations, are not required to be 
uniformly applied and are not audited.  To mitigate these limitations, we have procedures in place to identify and 
approve each item that qualifies as nonrecurring to ensure that the Company’s “core” results are properly reflected 
for period-to-period comparisons.  Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by 
stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered 
in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.  In particular, a measure of earnings 
that excludes nonrecurring items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to stockholders (i.e., 
nonrecurring items are included in earnings and stockholders’ equity). 

During the first quarter 2008, we recorded a nonrecurring $1.8 million after tax gain, or $0.13 per diluted earnings 
per share, from the cash proceeds on the mandatory partial redemption of our equity interest in Visa.  Also during 
the first quarter 2008, we recorded nonrecurring after tax earnings of $744,000, or $0.05 per diluted earnings per 
share, from the reversal of the Visa contingent liability established in the fourth quarter 2007.  During the fourth 
quarter 2007, we recorded a nonrecurring $744,000 after tax charge, or a $0.05 reduction in diluted earnings per 
share, to establish a contingent liability related to indemnification obligations with Visa U.S.A. litigation, which was 
reversed in 2008.  For further discussion related to the Visa U.S.A. litigation, see the analysis of Non-Interest Expense 
included elsewhere in this section.  

46

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See table 20 below for the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude nonrecurring items for 
the periods presented. 

Table 20:  

Reconciliation of Core Earnings (non-GAAP) 

(In thousands, except share data) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

Twelve months ended 

Net Income 
  Nonrecurring items 
  Mandatory stock redemption gain (Visa) 

Litigation liability expense/reversal (Visa) 
Tax effect (39%) 
  Net nonrecurring items 
Core earnings (non-GAAP) 

Diluted earnings per share 
  Nonrecurring items 
  Mandatory stock redemption gain (Visa) 

Litigation liability expense/reversal (Visa) 
Tax effect (39%) 
  Net nonrecurring items 
Diluted core earnings per share (non-GAAP) 

Quarterly Results 

$  25,210  $  26,910  $  27,360  $  27,481  $  26,962 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
1,220 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
$  25,210  $  24,352  $  28,104  $  27,481  $  26,962 

(2,973) 
(1,220) 
1,635 
(2,558)   

(476)   
744 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

$  1.74  $  1.91  $  1.92  $  1.90  $  1.84 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
      -- 
$  1.74  $  1.73  $  1.97  $  1.90  $  1.84 

(0.21)   
(0.09)   
0.12 
(0.18)   

-- 
0.09 
(0.04)   
0.05 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

Selected unaudited quarterly financial information for the last eight quarters is shown in table 21. 

Table 21: 

Quarterly Results 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

First 

Second 

Quarter  
Third 

Fourth 

Total 

2009 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share    

2008 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Non-interest income 
Non-interest expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share    

$  23,393 
2,138 
11,459 
25,658 
5,236 
0.37 
0.37 

$  22,792 
1,467 
14,992 
23,130 
8,816 
0.63 
0.63 

$  23,720 
2,622 
13,358 
26,951 
5,509 
0.40 
0.39 

$  23,098 
2,214 
11,720 
24,209 
5,994 
0.43 
0.42 

$  25,393 
2,789 
14,963 
26,307 
7,660 
0.54 
0.54 

$  24,347 
   2,214 
11,288 
24,441 
6,474 
0.47 
0.46 

$  25,221 
2,767 
12,931 
25,806 
6,805 
0.44 
0.44 

$  23,780 
    2,751 
11,326 
24,580 
5,626 
0.40 
0.40 

$  97,727 
10,316 
52,711 
104,722 
25,210 
1.75 
1.74 

$  94,017 
8,646 
49,326 
96,360 
26,910 
1.93 
1.91 

47

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT  

MARKET RISK 

Liquidity and Market Risk Management 

Parent Company 

The Company has leveraged its investment in subsidiary banks and depends upon the dividends paid to it, as the sole 
shareholder of the subsidiary banks, as a principal source of funds for dividends to shareholders, stock repurchases and 
debt service requirements.  At December 31, 2009, undivided profits of the Company's subsidiary banks were 
approximately $164.8 million, of which approximately $15.2 million was available for the payment of dividends to the 
Company without regulatory approval.  In addition to dividends, other sources of liquidity for the Company are the sale 
of equity securities and the borrowing of funds. 

Subsidiary Banks 

Generally speaking, the Company's subsidiary banks rely upon net inflows of cash from financing activities, 
supplemented by net inflows of cash from operating activities, to provide cash used in investing activities.  Typical of 
most banking companies, significant financing activities include: deposit gathering; use of short-term borrowing 
facilities, such as federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements; and the issuance of long-term debt.  The 
subsidiary banks' primary investing activities include loan originations and purchases of investment securities, offset by 
loan payoffs and investment maturities. 

Liquidity represents an institution's ability to provide funds to satisfy demands from depositors and borrowers by either 
converting assets into cash or accessing new or existing sources of incremental funds.  A major responsibility of 
management is to maximize net interest income within prudent liquidity constraints.  Internal corporate guidelines have 
been established to constantly measure liquid assets as well as relevant ratios concerning earning asset levels and 
purchased funds.  The management and board of directors of each subsidiary bank monitor these same indicators and 
make adjustments as needed. 

In response to tightening credit markets in 2007 and anticipating potential liquidity pressures in 2008, the Company’s 
management strategically planned to enhance the liquidity of each of its subsidiary banks during 2008.  We introduced 
a new high yield investment deposit account during the first quarter of 2008 as part of this strategy to enhance liquidity.  
The new account generated approximately $146 million in new core deposits during 2008.  We built additional 
liquidity in each of our subsidiary banks by securing approximately $55 million in additional long-term funding from 
FHLB borrowings during 2008.  We managed our liquidity during 2009 at similar levels as in 2008.  At December 31, 
2009, each subsidiary bank was within established guidelines and total corporate liquidity remains strong.  At 
December 31, 2009, cash and cash equivalents, trading and available-for-sale securities and mortgage loans held for 
sale were 17.8% of total assets, as compared to 21.0% at December 31, 2008.   

Liquidity Management 

The objective of our liquidity management is to access adequate sources of funding to ensure that cash flow 
requirements of depositors and borrowers are met in an orderly and timely manner.  Sources of liquidity are managed 
so that reliance on any one funding source is kept to a minimum.  Our liquidity sources are prioritized for both 
availability and time to activation. 

Our liquidity is a primary consideration in determining funding needs and is an integral part of asset/liability 
management.  Pricing of the liability side is a major component of interest margin and spread management.  Adequate 
liquidity is a necessity in addressing this critical task.  There are five primary and secondary sources of liquidity 
available to the Company.  The particular liquidity need and timeframe determine the use of these sources.   

The first source of liquidity available to the Company is Federal funds.  Federal funds, primarily from downstream 
correspondent banks, are available on a daily basis and are used to meet the normal fluctuations of a dynamic balance 
sheet.  In addition, the Company and its subsidiary banks have approximately $104 million in Federal funds lines of 
credit from upstream correspondent banks that can be accessed, when needed.  In order to ensure availability of these 
upstream funds, we have a plan for rotating the usage of the funds among the upstream correspondent banks, thereby 

48

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
providing approximately $40 million in funds on a given day.  Historical monitoring of these funds has made it possible 
for us to project seasonal fluctuations and structure our funding requirements on a month-to-month basis. 

A second source of liquidity is the retail deposits available through our network of subsidiary banks throughout 
Arkansas.  Although this method can be a somewhat more expensive alternative to supplying liquidity, this source can 
be used to meet intermediate term liquidity needs. 

Third, our subsidiary banks have lines of credits available with the Federal Home Loan Bank.  While we use portions 
of those lines to match off longer-term mortgage loans, we also use those lines to meet liquidity needs.  Approximately 
$389 million of these lines of credit are currently available, if needed. 

Fourth, we use a laddered investment portfolio that ensures there is a steady source of intermediate term liquidity.  
These funds can be used to meet seasonal loan patterns and other intermediate term balance sheet fluctuations.  
Approximately 28% of the investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale.  We also use securities held in the 
securities portfolio to pledge when obtaining public funds. 

Finally, we have the ability to access large deposits from both the public and private sector to fund short-term liquidity 
needs. 

We believe the various sources available are ample liquidity for short-term, intermediate-term and long-term liquidity. 

Market Risk Management 

Market risk arises from changes in interest rates.  We have risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to 
market risk.  In asset and liability management activities, policies designed to minimize structural interest rate risk are 
in place.  The measurement of market risk associated with financial instruments is meaningful only when all related and 
offsetting on- and off-balance-sheet transactions are aggregated, and the resulting net positions are identified.   

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

Interest rate risk represents the potential impact of interest rate changes on net income and capital resulting from 
mismatches in repricing opportunities of assets and liabilities over a period of time.  A number of tools are used to 
monitor and manage interest rate risk, including simulation models and interest sensitivity gap analysis.  Management 
uses simulation models to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and various balance sheet strategies on the level 
of the Company’s net income and capital.  As a means of limiting interest rate risk to an acceptable level, management 
may alter the mix of floating and fixed-rate assets and liabilities, change pricing schedules and manage investment 
maturities during future security purchases. 

The simulation model incorporates management’s assumptions regarding the level of interest rates or balance changes 
for indeterminate maturity deposits for a given level of market rate changes.  These assumptions have been developed 
through anticipated pricing behavior.  Key assumptions in the simulation models include the relative timing of 
prepayments, cash flows and maturities.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot 
precisely estimate net interest income or precisely predict the impact of a change in interest rates on net income or 
capital.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate 
changes and changes in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors. 

49

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents our interest rate sensitivity position at December 31, 2009.  This analysis is based on a point 
in time and may not be meaningful because assets and liabilities are categorized according to contractual maturities, 
repricing periods and expected cash flows rather than estimating more realistic behaviors as is done in the simulation 
models.  Also, this analysis does not consider subsequent changes in interest rate level or spreads between asset and 
liability categories. 

Table: 22 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

(In thousands, except ratios) 

Earning assets 

Short-term investments 
Assets held in trading  

accounts 

    Investment securities 

Mortgage loans held for sale 
Loans  

Total earning assets 

Interest bearing liabilities 

Interest bearing transaction 
and savings deposits 

Time deposits 
Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 

Total interest bearing  

0-30 
Days 

31-90 
Days 

91-180 
Days 

181-365 
Days 

1-2 
Years 

2-5 
Years 

Over 5 
Years 

Total 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Period 

$  282,010  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $  282,010 

6,886 
84,464 
8,397 
  647,213 
 1,028,970 

-- 
80,470 
-- 
  252,277 
  332,747 

-- 
40,276 
-- 
  185,912 
  226,188 

-- 
68,621 
-- 
  221,193 
  289,814 

-- 
168,775 
-- 
  276,742 
  445,517 

-- 
166,727 
-- 
  254,340 
  421,067 

-- 
37,582 
-- 
37,312 
74,894 

6,886 
646,915 
8,397 
 1,874,989 
 2,819,197 

755,906 
132,452 
109,550 
17,485 

-- 
193,212 
-- 
14,662 

-- 
226,858 
-- 
2,385 

-- 
252,144 
-- 
15,403 

80,072 
89,323 
-- 
43,133 

240,215 
18,765 
-- 
28,853 

80,071  1,156,264 
912,754 
109,550 
  159,823 

-- 
-- 
37,902 

liabilities 

 1,015,393 

  207,874 

  229,243 

  267,547 

  212,528 

  287,833 

  117,973 

 2,338,391 

Interest rate sensitivity Gap 
Cumulative interest rate 

$  13,577  $  124,873  $ 

(3,055)  $  22,267  $  232,989  $  133,234  $  (43,079)  $  480,806 

sensitivity Gap 

$  13,577  $  138,450  $  135,395  $  157,662  $  390,651  $  523,885  $  480,806 

Cumulative rate sensitive assets 
to rate sensitive liabilities 

Cumulative Gap as a % of 

101.3% 

111.3% 

109.3% 

109.2% 

120.2% 

123.6% 

120.6% 

earning assets 

0.5% 

4.9% 

4.8% 

5.6% 

13.9% 

18.6% 

17.1% 

50

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND  
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INDEX 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ............................................52 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .................................................................53 
Report on Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................................................54 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2009 and 2008 .........................................................55 
Consolidated Statements of Income, Years Ended 

December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ............................................................................................56 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years Ended 

December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ............................................................................................57 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years Ended 

December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ............................................................................................58 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, 

December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ............................................................................................59 

Note: 

Supplementary Data may be found in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations – Quarterly Results” on page 47 hereof. 

51

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The management of Simmons First National Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

As of December 31, 2009, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on those criteria. 

BKD, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.  The report, which expresses an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2009, immediately follows. 

52

 
 
  
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Pine Bluff, Arkansas 

We have audited Simmons First National Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining 
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit 
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our 
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenances of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Simmons First National Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated financial statements of Simmons First National Corporation and our report dated March 2, 
2010, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

Pine Bluff, Arkansas 
March 2, 2010 

BKD, LLP 

/s/ BKD, LLP 

53

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Pine Bluff, Arkansas 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Simmons First National Corporation as of 
December 31, 2009, and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. The Company’s management is responsible for 
these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of Simmons First National Corporation as of December 31, 2009, and 2008, and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), Simmons First National Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 2, 2010, expressed an  unqualified opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.   

Pine Bluff, Arkansas 
March 2, 2010 

BKD, LLP 

/s/ BKD, LLP 

54

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2009 and 2008 

(In thousands, except share data) 

2009 

2008 

ASSETS 
Cash and non-interest bearing balances due from banks 
Interest bearing balances due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Assets held in trading accounts 
Loans 

Allowance for loan losses 

Net loans 

Premises and equipment 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 
Interest receivable 
Bank owned life insurance 
Goodwill  
Core deposit premiums 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Deposits: 

Non-interest bearing transaction accounts 
Interest bearing transaction accounts and savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold 

under agreements to repurchase 

Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 
Accrued interest and other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

$ 

71,575 
282,010 
-- 
353,585 
646,915 
8,397 
6,886 
1,874,989 
(25,016) 
1,849,973 
78,126 
9,179 
17,881 
40,920 
60,605 
1,769 
19,086 
$  3,093,322 

$  363,154 
1,156,264 
912,754 
2,432,172 

105,910 
3,640 
159,823 
20,530 
  2,722,075 

$ 

71,801 
61,085 
6,650 
139,536 
646,134 
10,336 
5,754 
1,933,074 

(25,841)   

1,907,233 
78,904 
2,995     
20,930 
39,617 
60,605 
2,575 
8,490 
$  2,923,109 

$ 

334,998 
1,026,824 
974,511 
2,336,333 

115,449 
1,112 
158,671 
22,752 
  2,634,317 

Stockholders’ equity: 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 40,040,000 shares authorized and  

unissued at December 31, 2009; no shares authorized 
at December 31, 2008 

Common stock, Class A, $0.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized: 

17,093,931and 13,960,680 shares issued and outstanding 
 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively 

Surplus 
Undivided profits 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities, 

 net of income taxes of $457 and $1,913 at December 31,2009 
and 2008, respectively 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

-- 

-- 

   171 
111,694 
258,620 

     140 
40,807 
244,655 

762 
371,247 
$  3,093,322 

3,190 
288,792 
$  2,923,109 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

INTEREST INCOME 

Loans 

  Federal funds sold 

Investment securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Assets held in trading accounts 
Interest bearing balances due from banks 

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold 

under agreements to repurchase 

Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 

NET INTEREST INCOME 
Provision for loan losses 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION 

 FOR LOAN LOSSES 

NON-INTEREST INCOME 

Trust income 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Income on sale of mortgage loans, net of commissions 
Income on investment banking, net of commissions 
Credit card fees 
Premiums on sale of student loans 
Bank owned life insurance income 
Gain on mandatory partial redemption of Visa shares 
Other income 
Gain on sale of securities 

TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense, net 
Furniture and equipment expense 
Other real estate and foreclosure expense 
Deposit insurance 
Other operating expenses 

TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES 

Provision for income taxes 

NET INCOME 
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

56

$  113,648 
27 
21,791 
608 
20 
439 
  136,533 

31,046 

769 
33 
6,958 
38,806 

97,727 
10,316 

$  126,079 
748 
27,415 
411 
73 
1,415 
  156,141 

53,150 

2,110 
111 
6,753 
62,124 

94,017 
8,646 

$  141,706 
1,418 
23,646 
505 
100 
1,161 
  168,536 

65,474 

5,371 
804 
4,771 
76,420 

92,116 
4,181 

87,411 

   85,371 

   87,935 

5,227 
17,944 
2,668 
4,032 
2,153 
14,392 
2,333 
1,270 
-- 
2,548 
144 
52,711 

58,317 
7,457 
6,195 
453 
4,642 
27,658 
  104,722 

35,400 
10,190 

$  25,210 
1.75 
$ 
1.74 
$ 

6,230 
15,145 
2,681 
2,606 
1,025 
13,579 
1,134 
1,547 
2,973 
2,406 
-- 
49,326 

57,050 
7,383 
5,967 
239 
793 
24,928 
96,360 

38,337 
11,427 

6,218 
14,794 
3,016 
2,766 
623 
12,217 
2,341 
1,493 
-- 
2,535 
-- 
46,003 

54,865 
6,674 
5,865 
212 
328 
26,253 
94,197 

39,741 
12,381 

$  26,910 
1.93 
$ 
1.91 
$ 

$  27,360 
1.95 
$ 
1.92 
$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Items not requiring (providing) cash 
Depreciation and amortization 
Provision for loan losses 
Gain on mandatory partial redemption of Visa shares 
Net amortization of investment securities 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income taxes 
Gain on sale of securities, net 
Bank owned life insurance income 

Changes in 

Interest receivable 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Assets held in trading accounts 
Other assets 
Accrued interest and other liabilities 
Income taxes payable 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Net collections (originations) of loans 
Purchases of premises and equipment, net 
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets 
Proceeds from mandatory partial redemption of Visa shares 
Sales (purchases) of short-term investment securities 
Proceeds from sale of securities 
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities 
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities 
Purchases of bank owned life insurance 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net change in deposits 
Net change in short-term debt 
Dividends paid 
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Net change in Federal funds purchased and 

securities sold under agreements to repurchase 

Shares issued from public stock offering, net of 

offering costs of $4,178 

Shares issued (exchanged) under stock 

compensation plans, net 
Repurchase of common stock 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND 

CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,  

BEGINNING OF YEAR 

$  25,210 

$  26,910 

$  27,360 

5,841 
10,316 
-- 
(48) 
627 
1,613 
(144) 
(1,270) 

3,049 
1,939 
(1,132) 
(12,417) 
(5,387) 
1,552 
29,749 

36,621 
(4,257) 
4,139 
-- 
84,033 
361 
573,604 
(384,080) 
281,986 
  (558,921) 
(33) 
33,453 

95,839 
2,528 
(11,245) 
9,166 
(8,014) 

5,729 
8,646 
(2,973) 
194 
548 
739 
-- 
(1,547) 

415 
761 
(96) 
(960) 
(2,709) 
(768) 
34,889 

(96,447) 
(8,353) 
5,353 
2,973 
(85,536) 
-- 
318,114 
(349,416) 
41,680 
(38,778) 
(32) 
  (210,442) 

153,476  
(665) 
(10,601) 
91,029 
(14,643) 

5,510 
4,181 
-- 
116 
338 
865 
-- 
(1,493) 

629 
(4,006) 
(1,171) 
2,603 
508 
538 
35,978 

(75,161) 
(12,240) 
3,250 
-- 
-- 
-- 
146,379 
(136,033) 
31,123 
(41,466) 
(413) 
(84,561) 

7,326 
(4,337) 
(10,234) 
10,786 
(11,812) 

(9,539) 

(13,357) 

23,770 

70,486 

-- 

1,626 
-- 
  150,847 

900 
(1,280) 
  204,859 

-- 

725 
(8,562) 
7,662 

  214,049 

29,306 

(40,921) 

  139,536 

  110,230 

  151,151 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

$  353,585 

$  139,536 

$  110,230 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Common 
Stock 

Surplus 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Undivided 
Profits 

Total 

$ 

142 

$ 

48,678 

$ 

(2,198) 

$ 

212,394 

$ 

259,016 

(In thousands, except share data) 

Balance, December 31, 2006 
Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Change in unrealized depreciation on  
available-for-sale securities, net of 
income taxes of $2,356 

Comprehensive income 
Stock issued as bonus shares – 15,146 shares 
Exercise of stock options – 33,720 shares     
Stock granted under  

stock-based compensation plans 

Securities exchanged under stock option plan 
Repurchase of common stock 
    – 320,726 shares 
Cash dividends declared ($0.73 per share) 

Balance, December 31, 2007 

Cumulative effect of adoption of a new 

accounting principle, January 1, 2008 (Note 16) 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Change in unrealized appreciation on  
available-for-sale securities, net of 
income taxes of $877 

Comprehensive income 
Stock issued as bonus shares – 17,490 shares 
Stock issued for employee stock 
purchase plan – 5,359 shares 

Exercise of stock options – 97,497 shares     
Stock granted under  

stock-based compensation plans 

Securities exchanged under stock option plan 
Repurchase of common stock 
    – 45,180 shares 
Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share) 

Balance, December 31, 2008 
Comprehensive income: 

Net income 
Change in unrealized appreciation on  
available-for-sale securities, net of 
income tax credits of $1,456 

Comprehensive income 
Stock issued from public stock offering, net of 
  offering costs of $4,178 
Stock issued as bonus shares – 27,915 shares 
Cancelled bonus shares – 1,113 shares 
Non-vested bonus shares 
Stock issued for employee stock 
purchase plan – 5,823 shares 

Exercise of stock options – 56,700 shares     
Stock granted under  

stock-based compensation plans 

Securities exchanged under stock option plan 
Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share) 

Balance, December 31, 2009 

$ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 

419 
509 

178 
(203) 

(3) 
-- 
139 

(8,562) 
-- 
41,019 

-- 

-- 

-- 

530 

135 
1,207 

169 
(973) 

(1,280) 
-- 
40,807 

-- 

-- 

70,456 
702 
29 
(1,208) 

141 
689 

 -- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 
1 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
140 

-- 

-- 

30 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
1 

-- 
-- 
-- 
171 

-- 

27,360 

27,360 

 3,926 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
1,728 

-- 

-- 

 1,462 

-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
(10,234) 
229,520 

(1,174) 

26,910 

-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
3,190 

-- 
(10,601) 
244,655 

3,926 
31,286 
419 
509 

178 
(203) 

(8,565) 
(10,234) 
272,406 

(1,174) 

26,910 

1,462 
28,372 
530 

135 
1,208 

169 
(973) 

(1,280) 
(10,601) 
288,792 

-- 

25,210 

25,210 

 (2,428) 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

(2,428) 
22,782 

70,486 
702 
29 
(1,208) 

141 
690 

180 
(102) 
-- 
$  111,694 
58

$ 

-- 
-- 
-- 
762 

-- 
-- 
(11,245) 
258,620 

$ 

180 
(102) 
(11,245) 
371,247 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simmons First National Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

NOTE 1: 

NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT    
ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations 

Simmons First National Corporation (the “Company”) is primarily engaged in providing a full range of banking 
services to individual and corporate customers through its subsidiaries and their branch banks in Arkansas.  The 
Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions.  The Company also is subject to the regulation of 
certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. 

Operating Segments 

The Company is organized on a subsidiary bank-by-bank basis upon which management makes decisions regarding 
how to allocate resources and assess performance.  Each of the subsidiary banks provides a group of similar community 
banking services, including such products and services as loans; time deposits, checking and savings accounts; personal 
and corporate trust services; credit cards; investment management; and securities and investment services.  The 
individual bank segments have similar operating and economic characteristics and have been reported as one 
aggregated operating segment. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for 
loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans.  In 
connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets, management 
obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Simmons First National Corporation and its subsidiaries.  
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.   

Reclassifications 

Various items within the accompanying consolidated financial statements for previous years have been reclassified to 
provide more comparative information.  These reclassifications had no effect on net earnings. 

Cash Equivalents 

The Company Bank considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash 
equivalents.  The financial institutions holding the Company’s cash accounts are participating in the FDIC’s 
Transaction Account Guarantee Program.  Under that program, through June 30, 2010, all noninterest-bearing 
transaction accounts are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost. 

Investment Securities 

Held-to-maturity securities, which include any security for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to 
hold until maturity, are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.  
Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income using the constant yield method 
over the period to maturity. 

Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell but 
which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value.  Realized gains and losses, based on specifically identified 
amortized cost of the individual security, are included in other income.  Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of 
related income tax effects, in stockholders' equity.  Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to 
interest income using the constant yield method over the period to maturity. 

Trading securities, which include any security held primarily for near-term sale, are carried at fair value.  Gains and 
losses on trading securities are included in other income. 

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to recognition and presentation of 
other-than-temporary impairment, ASC 320-10.  When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is 
more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the 
credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in 
other comprehensive income.  For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment 
recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is 
amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows 
of the security. 

As a result of this guidance, the Company’s consolidated statement of income as of December 31, 2009, reflects the full 
impairment (that is, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) on debt securities that the 
Company intends to sell or would more likely than not be required to sell before the expected recovery of the amortized 
cost basis.  For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities that management has no intent to sell and believes 
that it more likely than not will not be required to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the 
impairment is recognized in earnings, while the noncredit loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive 
income.  The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not 
expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected based on cash flow projections.  Prior to 
the adoption of the recent accounting guidance on April 1, 2009, management considered, in determining whether 
other-than-temporary impairment exists, (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than 
cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to 
retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. 

Mortgage Loans Held For Sale 

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, determined using an aggregate basis.  Write-
downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to earnings at the time the decline in value occurs.  Forward 
commitments to sell mortgage loans are acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination 
and mortgage loans held for sale.  The forward commitments acquired by the Company for mortgage loans in process 
of origination are not mandatory forward commitments.  These commitments are structured on a best efforts basis; 
therefore, the Company is not required to substitute another loan or to buy back the commitment if the original loan 
does not fund.  Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans are recognized when the respective loans are 
sold to investors.  Gains and losses are determined by the difference between the selling price and the carrying amount 
of the loans sold, net of discounts collected or paid.  Fees received from borrowers to guarantee the funding of 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mortgage loans held for sale are recognized as income or expense when the loans are sold or when it becomes evident 
that the commitment will not be used. 

Loans 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-offs are 
reported at their outstanding principal adjusted for any loans charged off and any deferred fees or costs on originated 
loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. 

For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance.  Loan origination fees, net 
of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized as a level yield 
adjustment over the respective term of the loan. 

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless 
the credit is well-secured and in process of collection.  Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan.  In all 
cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered 
doubtful.  

Discounts and premiums on purchased residential real estate loans are amortized to income using the interest method 
over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments.  Discounts and premiums on 
purchased consumer loans are recognized over the expected lives of the loans using methods that approximate the 
interest method. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to income.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a 
loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.   

The allowance is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for potential loan losses related to specifically 
identified loans as well as probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of period end.  This 
estimate is based on management's evaluation of the loan portfolio, as well as on prevailing and anticipated economic 
conditions and historical losses by loan category.  General reserves have been established, based upon the 
aforementioned factors and allocated to the individual loan categories.  Allowances are accrued on specific loans 
evaluated for impairment for which the basis of each loan, including accrued interest, exceeds the discounted amount of 
expected future collections of interest and principal or, alternatively, the fair value of loan collateral.  The unallocated 
reserve generally serves to compensate for the uncertainty in estimating loan losses, including the possibility of changes 
in risk ratings and specific reserve allocations in the loan portfolio as a result of the Company’s ongoing risk 
management system. 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not receive all amounts due according to the 
contractual terms of the loan.  This includes loans that are delinquent 90 days or more, nonaccrual loans and certain 
other loans identified by management.  Certain other loans identified by management consist of performing loans with 
specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses.  Specific allocations are applied when quantifiable factors are 
present requiring a greater allocation than that established by the Company based on its analysis of historical losses for 
each loan category.  Accrual of interest is discontinued and interest accrued and unpaid is removed at the time such 
amounts are delinquent 90 days unless management is aware of circumstances which warrant continuing the interest 
accrual.  Interest is recognized for nonaccrual loans only upon receipt and only after all principal amounts are current 
according to the terms of the contract. 

Premises and Equipment 

Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is charged to expense using the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are capitalized and 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
amortized by the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the 
improvements, whichever is shorter. 

Foreclosed Assets Held For Sale 

Assets acquired by foreclosure or in settlement of debt and held for sale are valued at estimated fair value as of the date 
of foreclosure, and a related valuation allowance is provided for estimated costs to sell the assets.  Management 
evaluates the value of foreclosed assets held for sale periodically and increases the valuation allowance for any 
subsequent declines in fair value.  Changes in the valuation allowance are charged or credited to other expense. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Other 
intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be separately distinguished from 
goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either 
on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability.  The Company performs an annual goodwill 
impairment test, and more than annually if circumstances warrant, in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – 
Goodwill and Other.  ASC Topic 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives be reviewed 
for impairment annually, or more frequently if certain conditions occur.  Impairment losses on recorded goodwill, if 
any, will be recorded as operating expenses. 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company may enter into derivative contracts for the purposes of managing exposure to interest rate risk to meet the 
financing needs of its customers.  The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.  Historically, 
the Company’s policy has been not to invest in derivative type investments, but, in an effort to meet the financing needs 
of its customers, the Company has entered into one fair value hedge.  Fair value hedges include interest rate swap 
agreements on fixed rate loans.  For derivatives designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of the 
hedged item, the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain 
of the hedging instrument.  The fair value hedge is considered to be highly effective and any hedge ineffectiveness was 
deemed not material.  The notional amount of the loan being hedged was $1.7 million at December 31, 2009, and 
$1.8 million at December 31, 2008. 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

The Company sells securities under agreements to repurchase to meet customer needs for sweep accounts.  At the point 
funds deposited by customers become investable, those funds are used to purchase securities owned by the Company 
and held in its general account with the designation of Customers’ Securities.  A third party maintains control over the 
securities underlying overnight repurchase agreements.  The securities involved in these transactions are generally 
U.S. Treasury or Federal Agency issues.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature on the 
banking day following that on which the investment was initially purchased and are treated as collateralized financing 
transactions which are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest.  Interest rates and 
maturity dates of the securities involved vary and are not intended to be matched with funds from customers. 

Fee Income 

Periodic bankcard fees, net of direct origination costs, are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period 
the fee entitles the cardholder to use the card.  Origination fees and costs for other loans are being amortized over the 
estimated life of the loan. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance in ASC 740, Income 
Taxes.  The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense:  current and deferred.  
Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the 
enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues.  The Company determines deferred 
income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is 
based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes 
in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. 

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods.  Deferred tax 
assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or 
sustained upon examination.  The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms 
examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any.  A tax 
position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest 
amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing 
authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The determination of whether or not a tax position has 
met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the 
reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, 
based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will 
not be realized. 

The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries. 

Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year.  
Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average common shares and all potential dilutive common 
shares outstanding during the period.   

The computation of per share earnings is as follows: 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Net Income 

$  25,210 

$  26,910 

$  27,360 

Average common shares outstanding 
Average common share stock options outstanding 
Average diluted common shares 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

14,375 
90 
  14,465 

$ 
$ 

1.75 
1.74 

13,945 
163 
  14,108 

$ 
$ 

1.93 
1.91 

14,044 
197 
  14,241 

$ 
$ 

1.95 
1.92 

Stock options to purchase 100,290 and 57,000 shares, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2007, 
were not included in the earnings per share calculation because the exercise price exceeded the average market price.  
All stock options were included in the earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company has adopted various stock-based compensation plans.  The plans provide for the grant of incentive stock 
options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and bonus stock awards.  Pursuant to the plans, shares are 
reserved for future issuance by the Company, upon exercise of stock options or awarding of bonus shares granted to 
directors, officers and other key employees. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the fair value of each option award is 
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses various assumptions.  This model 
requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate.  For 
additional information, see Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans. 

NOTE 2: 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities that are classified as held-to-maturity and available-for-sale 
are as follows: 

Years Ended December 31  

2009 

2008 

(In thousands) 

Held-to-Maturity 

U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 

State and political 
subdivisions 
Other securities 

Gross 
Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized 
(Losses) 
Gains 

Gross 

Cost 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized 
(Losses) 
Gains 

Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Gross  Estimated 

$  254,229  $  799  $ (1,348)  $  253,680  $  18,000 

$  629  $ 

-- 

$  18,629 

90 

5 

-- 

95 

109 

2 

-- 

111 

208,812 
930 

2,728 
--   

(580) 
-- 

210,960 
930 

168,262 
930 

1,264 
--   

(1,876) 
-- 

167,650 
930 

Total 

$  464,061  $  3,532  $ (1,928)  $  465,665  $  187,301 

$  1,895  $ (1,876)  $  187,320 

Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. Government 

agencies 

Mortgage-backed 

securities 

State and political 
    subdivisions 

Other securities 

$ 

4,297  $ 

32  $ 

--  $ 

4,329  $ 

5,976 

$  113  $ 

-- 

$ 

6,089 

160,807 

953 

(236) 

161,524 

346,585 

5,444 

(868) 

351,161 

2,896 

78 

(2) 

2,972 

2,909 

37 

(67) 

2,879 

-- 
13,633 

-- 
399   

-- 
(3)   

-- 
14,029 

635 
97,625 

2 
448   

-- 
(6) 

637 
98,067 

Total 

$  181,633  $  1,462  $  (241)  $  182,854  $  453,730 

$  6,044  $  (941)  $  458,833 

Certain investment securities are valued at less than their historical cost.  Total fair value of these investments at 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $256.6 million and $167.8 million, which is approximately 39.7% and 25.9%, 
respectively, of the Company’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolio.  

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized 
losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous 
unrealized loss position at December 31: 

  Less Than 12 Months 
Estimated  Gross 

Fair  Unrealized 
Value 

Losses 

  12 Months or More 
Gross 
Estimated 
Unrealized 
Fair 
Losses 
Value 

Total 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In thousands) 

December 31, 2009 

Held-to-Maturity 

U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
State and political subdivisions 

  $161,081  $  1,348  $ 

2,188 
    24,140 

-- 
321 

-- 
-- 
5,075 

$          --  $161,081  $    1,348 
-- 
580 

2,188 
  29,215 

-- 
259 

Total 

  $187,409  $  1,669  $  5,075 

$ 

259  $192,484  $  1,928 

Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Other securities 

  $  62,822  $  236  $ 

1,195 
4 

1 
3 

-- 
128 
-- 

$ 
          1 
-- 

--  $  62,822  $ 

236 
          2 
3 

1,323 
4 

Total 

  $  64,021  $  240  $ 

128 

$ 

1  $  64,149  $ 

241 

December 31, 2008 

Held-to-Maturity 

Mortgage-backed securities 
State and political subdivisions 

  $  3,623  $ 
    58,790 

  1,673 

--  $ 

-- 
3,854 

$          --  $  3,623  $          -- 
1,876 
  62,644 

203 

Total 

  $  62,413  $  1,673  $  3,854 

$ 

203  $  66,267  $  1,876 

Available-for-Sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Other securities 

  $  99,424  $  868  $ 

1,571 
49 

46 
6 

-- 
493 
-- 

$ 
          21 
-- 

--  $  99,424  $ 

868 
          67 
6 

2,064 
49 

Total 

  $101,044  $  920  $ 

493 

$ 

21  $101,537  $ 

941 

U.S. Government Agencies 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in direct obligations of U.S. government agencies were caused by 
interest rate increases.  The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a 
price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments.  Because the Company does not intend to sell the 
investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of 
their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009. 

State and Political Subdivisions 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in securities of state and political subdivisions were caused by 
interest rate increases.  The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a 
price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments.  Because the Company does not intend to sell the 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of 
their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009. 

 Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be 
reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified. 

During the third quarter of 2008, the Company determined that its investment in FNMA common stock, held in the 
available-for-sale other securities category, had become other-than-temporarily impaired.  As a result of this 
impairment the security was written down by $75,000.  The Company had accumulated this stock over several years 
in the form of stock dividends from FNMA.  The remaining balance of this investment is approximately $5,000.  
The Company has no investment in FNMA or FHLMC preferred stock. 

Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which 
time the Company expects to receive full value for the securities.  Furthermore, as of December 31, 2009, 
management also had the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available-for-sale for a period of time 
sufficient for a recovery of cost.  The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the 
yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased.  The fair value is expected to recover as the 
bonds approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline.  Management 
does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality.  Accordingly, as of December 
31, 2009, management believes the impairments detailed in the table above are temporary. 

Income earned on the above securities for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, is as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Taxable 

Held-to-maturity 
Available-for-sale 

Non-taxable 

Held-to-maturity 
Available-for-sale 

Total 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  2,880 
11,016 

$  1,444 
19,613 

$  2,521 
15,841 

7,874 
21 

6,323 
35 

5,228 
56 

$  21,791 

$  27,415 

$  23,646 

The Statement of Stockholders’ Equity includes other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income for the 
Company includes the change in the unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities.  The changes in the 
unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, are as 
follows: 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period 
Gains realized in net income 

Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net change in unrealized appreciation 
   on available-for-sale securities 

$  (3,740) 
144 
(3,884) 
(1,456) 

$  2,339 
-- 
2,339 
877 

$  6,282 
-- 
6,282 
2,356 

$  (2,428) 

$  1,462 

$  3,926 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value by maturity of securities are shown in the following table.  Securities are 
classified according to their contractual maturities without consideration of principal amortization, potential 
prepayments or call options.  Accordingly, actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities.  

(In thousands) 

One year or less 
After one through five years 
After five through ten years 
After ten years 
Other securities 

  Held-to-Maturity 

  Available-for-Sale 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value   

$ 

9,833 
190,191 
181,734 
82,303 
-- 

$ 

9,967 
190,989 
181,846 
82,863 
-- 

$  11,297 
94,159 
62,536 
 8 
13,633 

$  11,336 
94,066 
63,415 
8 
14,029 

Total 

$  464,061 

$  465,665 

$  181,633 

$  182,854 

The carrying value, which approximates the fair value, of securities pledged as collateral, to secure public deposits and 
for other purposes, amounted to $446,189,000 at December 31, 2009 and $435,120,000 at December 31, 2008.   

The book value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounted to $80,050,000 and $87,514,000 for 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

The Company had gross realized gains of $144,000 and no gross realized losses during the year ended December 31, 
2009, from the sale of available for sale securities.  There were no gross realized gains or losses from the sale of 
available for sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  The income tax expense related to 
security gains was 39.225% of the gross amounts. 

The state and political subdivision debt obligations are primarily non-rated bonds and represent small, Arkansas issues, 
which are evaluated on an ongoing basis. 

NOTE 3: 

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 

The various categories of loans are summarized as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Consumer 

Credit cards 
Student loans 
Other consumer 

Total consumer 

Real estate 

Construction 
Single family residential 
Other commercial 
Total real estate 

Commercial 

Commercial 
Agricultural 
Financial institutions 
Total commercial 

Other 

2009 

2008 

$  189,154 
  114,296 
139,647 
443,097 

  180,759 
  392,208 
596,517 
  1,169,484 

  168,206 
84,866 
3,885 
  256,957 
5,451 

$  169,615 
  111,584 
138,145 
419,344 

  224,924 
  409,540 
584,843 
  1,219,307 

  192,496 
88,233 
3,471 
  284,200 
10,223 

Total loans before allowance for loan losses 

$1,874,989 

$1,933,074 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2009, credit card loans, which are unsecured, were $189,154,000 or 10.1% of total loans, versus 
$169,615,000, or 8.8% of total loans at December 31, 2008.  The credit card loans are diversified by geographic region 
to reduce credit risk and minimize any adverse impact on the portfolio.  Credit card loans are regularly reviewed to 
facilitate the identification and monitoring of creditworthiness. 

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, impaired loans, net of Government guarantees, totaled $46,859,000 and $15,689,000, 
respectively.  Allocations of the allowance for loan losses relative to impaired loans were $8,343,000 and $4,238,000 at 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  During the second quarter of 2009, the Company made adjustments to its 
methodology in the evaluation of the collectability of loans, which added quantitative factors to the internal and 
external influences used in determining the credit quality of loans and the allocation of the allowance.  This adjustment 
in methodology resulted in an addition to impaired loans from classified loans and a redistribution of allocated and 
unallocated reserves.  Approximately $1,398,000, $198,000 and $203,000 of interest income was recognized on 
average impaired loans of $36,843,000, $15,315,000 and $11,724,000 for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Interest 
recognized on impaired loans on a cash basis during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was immaterial. 

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled $3,322,000 and $1,292,000, 
respectively.  Nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $21,994,000 and $14,358,000, respectively. 

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Balance, beginning of year 
Additions 

Provision for loan losses 

Deductions 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  25,841 

$  25,303 

$  25,385 

  10,316 
36,157 

8,646 
33,949 

4,181 
29,566 

Losses charged to allowance, net of recoveries 

of $3,687 for 2009, $2,138 for 2008 and $2,569 for 2007 

Balance, end of year 

  11,141 
$  25,016 

8,108 
$  25,841 

4,263 
$  25,303 

NOTE 4: 

GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT PREMIUMS 

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment.  If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, 
goodwill impairment is indicated, and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value.  Subsequent increases in 
goodwill value are not recognized in the financial statements.  Goodwill totaled $60.6 million at December 31, 2009, 
unchanged from December 31, 2008, as the Company made no acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2009, 
and no goodwill impairment was recorded. 

Core deposit premiums are periodically evaluated as to the recoverability of their carrying value.  The carrying basis 
and accumulated amortization of core deposit premiums (net of core deposit premiums that were fully amortized) at 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows: 

(In thousands) 

December 31, 2009 

     December 31, 2008 

Gross 

Gross 

Carrying  Accumulated 
Amount  Amortization 

Net 

Carrying  Accumulated 
Amount  Amortization 

Net 

Core deposit premiums 

$  6,822 

$  5,053 

$  1,769 

$  6,822 

$  4,247 

$  2,575 

Core deposit premium amortization expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was 
$805,000, $807,000 and $817,000, respectively.  The Company’s estimated amortization expense for each of the 
following five years is:  2010 – $701,000; 2011 – $451,000; 2012 – $321,000; 2013 – $268,000; and 2014 – $28,000. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5: 

TIME DEPOSITS 

Time deposits included approximately $420,537,000 and $418,394,000 of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, 
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Brokered deposits were $21,443,000 and $33,155,000 at December 31, 
2009 and 2008, respectively.  At December 31, 2009, time deposits with a remaining maturity of one year or more 
amounted to $114,447,000.  Maturities of all time deposits are as follows:  2010 – $798,307,000; 2011 – $89,323,000; 
2012– $24,472,000; 2013 – $442,000; 2014 – $210,000 and none thereafter. 

Deposits are the Company's primary funding source for loans and investment securities.  The mix and repricing 
alternatives can significantly affect the cost of this source of funds and, therefore, impact the interest margin. 

NOTE 6: 

INCOME TAXES 

The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components: 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Income taxes currently payable 
Deferred income taxes 

$  8,577 
   1,613 

$  10,688 
739 

$  11,516 
865 

Provision for income taxes 

$  10,190 

$  11,427 

$  12,381 

The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the consolidated balance sheets 
were: 

(In thousands) 

Deferred tax assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Valuation of foreclosed assets 
Deferred compensation payable 
FHLB advances 
Vacation compensation 
Loan interest 
Other 

Gross deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Accumulated depreciation 
Deferred loan fee income and expenses, net 
FHLB stock dividends 
Goodwill and core deposit premium amortization 
Available-for-sale securities 
Other 

Gross deferred tax liabilities 

2009 

2008 

$  8,859 
99 
1,603 
6 
898 
195 
385 
   12,045 

(451) 
(1,310) 
(503) 
(9,805) 
(457) 
(1,657) 
  (14,183) 

$  9,057 
63 
1,451 
14 
866 
88 
276 
  11,815 

(406) 
(1,229) 
(586) 
(8,643) 
(1,913) 
(1,019) 
  (13,796) 

Net deferred tax liability 

$  (2,138) 

$  (1,981) 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company's actual income tax expense is shown 
below. 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Computed at the statutory rate (35%) 
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Tax exempt interest income 
Tax exempt earnings on BOLI 
Other differences, net 

$  12,390 

$  13,418 

$  13,910 

566 
(2,877) 
(444) 
555 

466 
(2,369) 
(542) 
454  

647 
(2,020) 
(523) 
367 

Actual tax provision 

$  10,190 

$  11,427 

$  12,381 

The Company follows ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement 
attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax 
return.  Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not 
that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full 
knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is 
measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement.  Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be 
recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax 
positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance 
on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. 

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease in the future for various reasons including adding 
amounts for current tax year positions, expiration of open income tax returns due to the statutes of limitation, changes in 
management’s judgment about the level of uncertainty, status of examinations, litigation and legislative activity and the 
addition or elimination of uncertain tax positions. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction.  The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns 
are open and subject to examinations from the 2006 tax year and forward.  The Company’s various state income tax 
returns are generally open from the 2003 and later tax return years based on individual state statute of limitations. 

NOTE 7: 

SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt at December 31, 2009, and 2008 consisted of the following components. 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

FHLB advances, due 2010 to 2033, 2.02% to 8.41%, 
    secured by residential real estate loans 
Trust preferred securities, due 12/30/2033, fixed at 8.25%, 
    callable without penalty 
Trust preferred securities, due 12/30/2033, floating rate 
    of 2.80% above the three-month LIBOR rate,  
    reset quarterly, callable without penalty 
Trust preferred securities, due 12/30/2033, fixed rate 
    of 6.97% through 2010, thereafter, at a floating rate of 
    2.80% above the three-month LIBOR rate, reset 
    quarterly, callable in 2010 without penalty 

Total long-term debt 

70 

$ 128,893 

$ 127,741 

10,310 

10,310 

  10,310 

  10,310 

10,310 

10,310 

$ 159,823 

$ 158,671 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2009 the Company had Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances with original maturities of 
one year or less of $2.0 million with a weighted average rate of 0.65% which are not included in the above table. 

The Company had total FHLB advances of $128.9 million at December 31, 2009, with approximately $388.8 million of 
additional advances available from the FHLB. 

The trust preferred securities are tax-advantaged issues that qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment.  Distributions on these 
securities are included in interest expense on long-term debt.  Each of the trusts is a statutory business trust organized 
for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds thereof in junior subordinated debentures of 
the Company, the sole asset of each trust.  The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred beneficial 
interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior 
subordinated debentures held by the trust.  The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company.  
Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making 
payment on the related junior subordinated debentures.  The Company’s obligations under the junior subordinated 
securities and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the 
Company of each respective trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust.  

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2009 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Year 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

  Annual 
Maturities 

$  29,013 
43,766 
6,713 
16,658 
4,985 
58,688 

Total 

$  159,823 

NOTE 8: 

CAPITAL STOCK 

On February 27, 2009, at a special meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of 
Incorporation to establish 40,040,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value.  The aggregate 
liquidation preference of all shares of preferred stock cannot exceed $80,000,000.  As of December 31, 2009, no 
preferred stock has been issued. 

On November 28, 2007, the Company announced the substantial completion of the existing stock repurchase program 
and the adoption by the Board of Directors of a new stock repurchase program.  The program authorizes the repurchase 
of up to 700,000 shares of Class A common stock, or approximately 5% of the outstanding common stock.  Under the 
repurchase program, there is no time limit for the stock repurchases, nor is there a minimum number of shares the 
Company intends to repurchase.  The shares are to be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through 
open market or unsolicited negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions.  The Company intends to use 
the repurchased shares to satisfy stock option exercises, for payment of future stock dividends and for general corporate 
purposes.  The Company may discontinue purchases at any time that management determines additional purchases are 
not warranted. 

As part of its strategic focus on building capital, management suspended the Company’s stock repurchase program in 
July 2008.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, by June 30, the Company repurchased a total of 45,180 shares 
of stock with a weighted average repurchase price of $28.38 per share.  The Company made no purchases of its 
common stock during the three months or year ended December 31, 2009.  Under the current stock repurchase plan, the 
Company can repurchase an additional 645,672 shares.  However, because of the recently completed stock offering and 
based on management’s strategy to retain capital, the Company does not anticipate resuming its stock repurchases 
during 2010. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On August 26, 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”).  The shelf registration statement, which was declared effective on September 9, 2009, will 
allow the Company to raise capital from time to time, up to an aggregate of $175 million, through the sale of 
common stock, preferred stock, or a combination thereof, subject to market conditions.  Specific terms and prices 
will be determined at the time of any offering under a separate prospectus supplement that the Company will be 
required to file with the SEC at the time of the specific offering. 

In November 2009, the Company raised common equity through an underwritten public offering by issuing 
2,650,000 shares of common stock at a price of $24.50 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.  
The net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses 
were $61.3 million. In December 2009, the underwriters of the Company’s stock offering exercised and completed 
their option to purchase an additional 397,500 shares of common stock at $24.50 to cover over-allotments.  The net 
proceeds of the exercise of the over-allotment option after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions were 
$9.2 million. The total net proceeds of the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and 
offering expenses were approximately $70.5 million. 

NOTE 9: 

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the subsidiary banks had extensions of credit to executive officers and directors and 
to companies in which the subsidiary banks' executive officers or directors were principal owners in the amount of 
$23.5 million in 2009 and $35.3 million in 2008. 

(In thousands) 

Balance, beginning of year 
New extensions of credit 
Repayments 
Balance, end of year 

2009 

2008 

$ 35,311 
9,240 
  (21,064) 
$  23,487 

$  30,445 
  14,808 
   (9,942) 
$  35,311 

In management's opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits (which were not material) were made 
in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and 
collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.  Further, in management's 
opinion, these extensions of credit did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other 
unfavorable features. 

NOTE 10:  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Retirement Plans 

The Company’s 401(k) retirement plan covers substantially all employees.  Contribution expense totaled $578,000, 
$575,000 and $550,000, in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

The Company has a discretionary profit sharing and employee stock ownership plan covering substantially all 
employees.  Contribution expense totaled $2,640,000 for 2009, $2,565,000 for 2008 and $2,490,000 for 2007.  

The Company also provides deferred compensation agreements with certain active and retired officers.  The agreements 
provide monthly payments which, together with payments from the deferred annuities issued pursuant to the terminated 
pension plan equal 50 percent of average compensation prior to retirement or death.  The charges to income for the 
plans were $65,000 for 2009, $12,000 for 2008 and $358,000 for 2007.  Such charges reflect the straight-line accrual 
over the employment period of the present value of benefits due each participant, as of their full eligibility date, using 
an 8 percent discount factor. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

The Company established an Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2007 which generally allows participants to make 
contributions of up 3% of the employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $7,500 per year, for the purpose of acquiring the 
Company’s stock.  Substantially all employees with at least two years of service are eligible for the plan.  At the end of 
each plan year, full shares of the Company’s stock are purchased for each employee based on that employee’s 
contributions.  The stock is purchased for an amount equal to 95% of its fair market value at the end of the plan year, 
or, if lower, 95% of its fair market value at the beginning of the plan year. 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans 

The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted various stock-based compensation plans.  The plans provide for the 
grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and bonus stock awards.  
Pursuant to the plans, shares are reserved for future issuance by the Company upon exercise of stock options or 
awarding of bonus shares granted to directors, officers and other key employees. 

Stock-based compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006, is based on 
the grant date fair value.  For all awards except stock option awards, the grant date fair value is the market value per 
share as of the grant date.  For stock option awards, the fair value is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model.  This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can 
materially affect the fair value estimate.  Additionally, there may be other factors that would otherwise have a 
significant effect on the value of employee stock options granted but are not considered by the model.  Accordingly, 
while management believes that the Black-Scholes option-pricing model provides a reasonable estimate of fair value, 
the model does not necessarily provide the best single measure of fair value for the Company's employee stock options. 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that 
uses various assumptions.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors.  
The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model.  
The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period 
of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of 
the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  Forfeitures are estimated at the time 
of grant, and are based partially on historical experience. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes the transactions under the Company's active stock compensation plans at December 31, 
2009, 2008 and 2007, and changes during the years then ended: 

Stock Options 
Outstanding 

Number 
of Shares 
(000) 

517 
57 
(34) 
-- 
(4) 

536 
49 
(98) 
-- 
(35) 

452 
-- 
(57) 
-- 
(21) 

374 

289 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$  16.32 
  28.42 
   15.11 
-- 
  12.13 

  17.71 
  30.31 
   12.38 
-- 
  14.77 

  20.46 
-- 
   12.17   
-- 
  19.36 

$ 21.78 

$ 19.72 

Non-Vested Stock
Awards Outstanding 

Number 
of Shares 
(000) 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair-Value 

22 
15 
-- 
(6) 
-- 

31 
18 
-- 
(12) 
-- 

37 
28 
-- 
(15) 
(1) 

$ 25.69
  27.68
-- 
  25.31 
-- 

  26.72 
  30.31
--
  27.16 
-- 

   28.28 
25.15
-- 
26.90 
   26.22 

49 

$ 26.96

Balance, December 31, 2006 

Granted 
Stock Options Exercised 
Stock Awards Vested 
Forfeited/Expired 

Balance, December 31, 2007 

Granted 
Stock Options Exercised 
Stock Awards Vested 
Forfeited/Expired 

Balance, December 31, 2008 

Granted 
Stock Options Exercised 
Stock Awards Vested 
Forfeited/Expired 

Balance, December 31, 2009 

Exercisable, December 31, 2009 

The following table summarizes information about stock options under the plans outstanding at December 31, 2009: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

  $12.13  -  $12.13 
16.32 
  15.65  - 
24.50 
  23.78  - 
27.67 
  26.19  - 
28.42 
  28.42  - 
30.31 
  30.31  - 

Number 
of Shares 
(000) 

121 
6 
91 
56 
52 
48 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (Years) 

1.35 
2.09 
4.87 
6.26 
7.41 
8.41 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$12.13 
16.07 
24.05 
26.20 
28.42 
30.31 

Options Exercisable 

Number 
of Shares 
(000) 

121 
6 
91 
35 
26 
10 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

 $12.13
  16.07 
 24.05 
 26.21 
 28.42 
 30.31 

Stock-based compensation expense totaled $627,000 in 2009, $548,000 in 2008 and $338,000 in 2007.  Stock-based 
compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all stock-based awards.  Unrecognized 
stock-based compensation expense related to stock options totaled $422,000 at December 31, 2009.  At such date, the 
weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized was 1.41 years.  
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock awards was $1.2 million at December 31, 
2009.  At such date, the weighted-average period over which this unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized 
was 2.70 years. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options and exercisable stock options was $2.3 million and $2.3 million, 
respectively, at December 31, 2009.  Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s 
closing stock price on the last trading day of the period, which was $27.80 at December 31, 2009, and the exercise price 
multiplied by the number of options outstanding.  The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $886,000 in 
2009, $1.7 million in 2008 and $384,000 in 2007. 

The fair value of the Company’s employee stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model.  There were no stock options granted in 2009. The weighted-average fair value of stock 
options granted was $6.60 for 2008 and $5.96 for 2007.  The Company estimated expected market price volatility and 
expected term of the options based on historical data and other factors.  The weighted-average assumptions used to 
determine the fair value of options granted are detailed in the table below: 

Expected dividend yield 
Expected stock price volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life of options 

    2009      
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

2008 
2.51% 
23.00% 
3.68% 
7 Years 

2007 
2.53%  
19.00% 
5.17% 
7 - 10 Years   

NOTE 11:  ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

The following table presents additional information on cash payments and non-cash items: 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Transfers of loans to other real estate 
Post-retirement benefit liability established upon 

adoption of EITF 06-4 

$  40,673 
7,040 
10,323 

$  64,302 
11,456 
5,713 

$  76,958 
10,563 
3,939 

-- 

1,174 

-- 

NOTE 12:  OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 

Other operating expenses consist of the following: 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Professional services 
Postage 
Telephone 
Credit card expense 
Operating supplies 
Amortization of core deposit premiums 
Visa litigation liability expense 
Other expense 
Total 

$   3,643  
2,409 
2,113 
5,051 
1,470 
805 
-- 
   12,167 
$  27,658 

$  2,824 
2,256 
1,868 
4,671 
1,588 
807 
(1,220) 
  12,134 
$  24,928 

$  2,780 
2,309 
1,820 
4,095 
1,669 
817 
1,220 
  11,543 
$  26,253 

The Company had aggregate annual equipment rental expense of approximately $317,000 in 2009, $356,000 in 2008 
and $546,000 in 2007.  The Company had aggregate annual occupancy rental expense of approximately $1,208,000 in 
2009, $1,220,000 in 2008 and $1,168,000 in 2007. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 
Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value 
measurements. 

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The guidance also establishes a fair value 
hierarchy that requires the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair 
value.  Topic 820 describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: 

•  Level 1 Inputs – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2 Inputs – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar 

assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that 
are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market 
data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are 

significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. 

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available.  If such quoted market prices are not 
available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based 
parameters.  Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value.  These 
adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among 
other things, as well as unobservable parameters.  Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.  
The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net 
realizable value or reflective of future fair values.  While the use of different methodologies or assumptions to 
determined the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting 
date.  Furthermore, the reported fair value amounts have not been comprehensively revalued since the presentation 
dates, and therefore, estimates of fair value after the balance sheet date may differ significantly from the amounts 
presented herein.  A more detailed description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at 
fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth 
below. 

Following is a description of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and 
recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such financial 
assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. 

Available-for-sale securities – Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified 
within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.  Level 1 securities would include highly liquid Government bonds, mortgage 
products and exchange traded equities.  Other securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value 
utilizing Level 2 inputs.  For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent 
pricing service.  The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, 
cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment 
speeds, credit information and the security’s terms and conditions, among other things.  In certain cases where Level 1 
or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.  The Company’s investment 
in a Government money market mutual fund (the “AIM Fund”) is reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs.  The 
remainder of the Company's available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. 

Assets held in trading accounts – The Company’s trading account investment in the AIM Fund is reported at fair value 
utilizing Level 1 inputs.  The remainder of the Company's assets held in trading accounts are reported at fair value 
utilizing Level 2 inputs. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets by level within the fair value hierarchy that were 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. 

(In thousands) 

Fair Value 

December 31, 2009 
Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Other securities 

Assets held in trading accounts 

$ 
4,329 
  161,524 
2,972 
14,029 
6,886 

December 31, 2008 
Available-for-sale securities 

U.S. Treasury 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
States and political subdivisions 
Other  

Assets held in trading accounts 

6,089 
  351,161 
2,879 
637 
98,067 
5,754 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant Other 
Observable Inputs  Unobservable Inputs 

Significant 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

$ 

-- 
-- 
-- 
1,503 
5,350 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
85,536 
4,850 

$ 
4,329 
  161,524 
2,972 
12,526 
1,536 

6,089 
  351,161 
2,879 
637 
12,531 
904 

$ 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at 
fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when 
there is evidence of impairment).  Financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include the following: 

Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent) – Loan impairment is reported when full payment under the loan terms is not 
expected.  Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair 
value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the 
fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized.  This method requires obtaining a current 
independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.  A portion of the allowance for loan 
losses is allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance.  If these 
allocations cause the allowance for loan losses to require an increase, such increase is reported as a component of the 
provision for loan losses.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the 
uncollectability of a loan is confirmed.  Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the 
fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method. 

Mortgage loans held for sale – Mortgage loans held for sale are reported at fair value if, on an aggregate basis, the fair 
value of the loans is less than cost.  In determining whether the fair value of loans held for sale is less than cost when 
quoted market prices are not available, the Company may consider outstanding investor commitments, discounted cash 
flow analyses with market assumptions or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  Such loans 
are classified within either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  Where assumptions are made using 
significant unobservable inputs, such loans held for sale are classified as Level 3.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the 
aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held for sale exceeded their cost.  Accordingly, no mortgage loans held for sale 
were marked down and reported at fair value. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy that 
were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. 

(In thousands) 

Fair Value 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant Other 
Observable Inputs  Unobservable Inputs 

Significant 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

December 31, 2009 

Impaired loans 

(collateral dependent) 

December 31, 2008 

Impaired loans 

(collateral dependent) 

$  40,445 

$ 

-- 

$ 

-- 

$  40,445 

12,992 

-- 

-- 

12,992 

ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure in annual financial statements of the fair value of 
financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured 
and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis.  The following methods and assumptions were 
used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments. 

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value. 

Held-to-maturity securities – Fair values for held-to-maturity securities equal quoted market prices, if available.  If 
quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on quoted market prices of similar securities. 

Loans – The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows, using the current rates at which 
similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  Loans 
with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the calculations.  The carrying amount of accrued 
interest approximates its fair value.   

Deposits – The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable 
on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount).  The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is 
estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits of similar 
remaining maturities.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value. 

Federal Funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and short-term debt – The carrying 
amount for Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and short-term debt are a 
reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Long-term debt – Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are 
used to estimate the fair value of existing debt.   

Commitments to Extend Credit, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit – The fair value of commitments is estimated 
using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the 
agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also 
considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.  The fair values of letters of 
credit and lines of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to 
terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table represents estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments.  The fair values of certain 
of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows. This method involves significant judgments 
by management considering the uncertainties of economic conditions and other factors inherent in the risk management 
of financial instruments.  Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged 
in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.  Because no market exists for 
certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the 
Company does not know whether the fair values shown below represent values at which the respective financial 
instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate. 

(In thousands) 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Held-to-maturity securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Interest receivable 
Loans, net  

    December 31, 2009 
Fair 
Value 

Carrying 
Amount 

    December 31, 2008 
Fair 
Value   

Carrying 
Amount 

$  353,585 
464,061 
8,397 
17,881 
1,849,973 

$  353,585 
465,665 
8,397 
17,881 
1,844,509 

$  139,536 
187,301 
10,336 
20,930 
1,907,233 

$  139,536 
187,320 
10,336 
20,930 
1,904,421 

Financial liabilities 

Non-interest bearing transaction accounts 
Interest bearing transaction accounts and   

savings deposits 

Time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and securities 
sold under agreements to repurchase 

Short-term debt 
Long-term debt 
Interest payable 

363,154 

363,154 

334,998 

334,998 

1,156,264 
912,754 

1,156,264 
914,977 

1,026,824 
974,511 

1,026,824 
977,789 

105,910 
3,640 
159,823 
2,712 

105,910 
3,640 
173,847 
2,712 

115,449 
1,112 
158,671 
4,579 

115,449 
1,112 
173,046 
4,579 

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is not presented since management believes the fair 
value to be insignificant. 

NOTE 14: 

SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS 

The current economic environment presents financial institutions with continuing circumstances and challenges which 
in some cases have resulted in large declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity 
and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral 
supporting loans.  The financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to the 
Company.  

Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated 
financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for 
loan losses and capital that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and 
maintain sufficient liquidity. 

Estimates related to the allowance for loan losses and certain concentrations of credit risk are reflected in Note 3, Loans 
and Allowance for Loan Losses, and Note 15, Commitments and Credit Risk.   

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTE 15:  COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT RISK   

The Company grants agri-business, credit card, commercial and residential loans to customers throughout Arkansas.  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee.  Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total 
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Each customer's creditworthiness is 
evaluated on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's 
credit evaluation of the counterparty.  Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, 
plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. 

At December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding commitments to extend credit aggregating approximately 
$262,257,000 and $393,437,000 for credit card commitments and other loan commitments, respectively.  At 
December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding commitments to extend credit aggregating approximately 
$247,969,000 and $422,127,000 for credit card commitments and other loan commitments, respectively. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a 
customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, 
including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of 
credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The Company had total outstanding 
letters of credit amounting to $10,391,000 and $10,186,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, with terms 
ranging from 90 days to three years.  The Company’s deferred revenue under standby letter of credit agreements was 
approximately $46,000 and $52,000 at December 31 2009, and 2008, respectively.  

At December 31, 2009, the Company did not have concentrations of 5% or more of the investment portfolio in bonds 
issued by a single municipality. 

NOTE 16:  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard which 
established the Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) to become the single source of 
authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by 
nongovernmental entities, with the exception of guidance issued by the SEC and its staff.  All guidance 
contained in the Codification carries an equal level of authority.  The Codification is not intended to change 
GAAP, but rather is expected to simplify accounting research by reorganizing current GAAP into approximately 
90 accounting topics.  The switch to the ASC affects the away companies refer to GAAP in financial statements 
and accounting policies.  Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the 
content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.  The Company adopted this accounting 
standard in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended September 30, 2009.  The 
adoption of this accounting standard, which was subsequently codified into ASC Topic 105, Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles, had no impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of operations. 

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits, provides 
guidance related to an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of defined benefit pension or other post-retirement 
benefit plans.  Under ASC Topic 715, disclosures should provide users of financial statements with an 
understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of 
investment policies and strategies, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to 
measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on 
changes in plan assets for the period and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets.  The new authoritative 
accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715 became effective for the Company’s financial statements for the year-
ended December 31, 2009, and did not have a material impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or 
results of operations. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits, 
requires the recognition of a liability and related compensation expense for endorsement split-dollar life insurance 
policies that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to post-retirement periods.  Under ASC Topic 715, life 
insurance policies purchased for the purpose of providing such benefits do not effectively settle an entity’s 
obligation to the employee.  Accordingly, the entity must recognize a liability and related compensation expense 
during the employee’s active service period based on the future cost of insurance to be incurred during the 
employee’s retirement.  The Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715 on 
January 1, 2008, as a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of 
approximately $1 million.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s ongoing 
financial position or results of operations. 

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, amends prior guidance to establish 
accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a 
subsidiary.  ASC Topic 810 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to 
as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of 
equity in the consolidated financial statements.  Among other requirements, ASC Topic 810 requires consolidated 
net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling 
interest.  It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amounts of 
consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest.  ASC Topic 810 was effective 
on January 1, 2009, and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of 
operations. 

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, amends prior guidance to 
amend and enhance the disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging to provide greater transparency about 
(i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are 
accounted for under ASC Topic 815, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s 
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.  To meet those objectives, ASC Topic 815 requires 
qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivative instruments, quantitative disclosures 
about fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses and disclosures about credit-risk-related 
contingent features of the derivative instruments and their potential impact on an entity’s liquidity.  ASC Topic 815 
was effective on January 1, 2009, and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial 
position or results of operations. 

 New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events, establishes general standards of 
accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are 
issued or available to be issued.  ASC Topic 855 defines (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which a 
reporting entity’s management should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or 
disclosure in the financial statements, (ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or 
transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and (iii) the disclosures an entity 
should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date.  ASC Topic 855 became 
effective for the Company’s financial statements for periods ending after June 15, 2009, and did not have a 
significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of operations. 

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, affirms 
that the objective of fair value when the market for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell 
the asset in an orderly transaction, and clarifies and includes additional factors for determining whether there has 
been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for that asset is not active.  ASC Topic 
820 requires an entity to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the weight of the 
evidence.  The new accounting guidance amended prior guidance to expand certain disclosure requirements.  The 
Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 during the first quarter of 2009.  
Adoption of the new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or 
results of operations. 

Further new authoritative accounting guidance (Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-5) under ASC Topic 820 
provides guidance for measuring the fair value of a liability in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market for the identical liability is not available.  In such instances, a reporting entity is required to measure fair 
value utilizing a valuation technique that uses (i) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset, 
(ii) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (iii) another valuation technique 
that is consistent with the existing principles of ASC Topic 820, such as an income approach or market approach.  
The new authoritative accounting guidance also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a 
reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a 
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability.  The foregoing new authoritative accounting guidance under 
ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company’s financial statements beginning October 1, 2009, and did not 
have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of operations. 

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires an entity to provide 
disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments in interim financial information and amends prior guidance 
to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods.  The Company 
adopted this accounting standard in preparing its financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2009.  As ASC 
Topic 825 amended only the disclosure requirements about the fair value of financial instruments in interim periods, 
the adoption had no impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of operations.  

New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities, amended 
other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) guidance in GAAP for debt securities by requiring a write-down when 
fair value is below amortized cost in circumstances where: (1) an entity has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more 
likely than not that an entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) an 
entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.  If an entity intends to sell a security 
or if it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-
down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair 
value.  If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell 
the security before recovery, the OTTI write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is 
recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive 
income.  This accounting standard does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI 
write-downs of equity securities.  This accounting standard also extends disclosure requirements related to debt and 
equity securities to interim reporting periods.  ASC Topic 320 became effective for the Company’s financial 
statements for periods ending after June 15, 2009, and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing 
financial position or results of operations. 

On January 1, 2009, new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, became 
applicable to the Company’s accounting for business combinations closing on or after January 1, 2009.  ASC Topic 
805 applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other 
businesses.  ASC Topic 805 requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the 
assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date.  Contingent 
consideration is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later 
date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt.  This fair value 
approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under previous accounting guidance whereby the cost of an 
acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
value.  ASC Topic 805 requires acquirers to expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such 
costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under prior accounting guidance.  
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies are to be recognized 
at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated.  If fair value of such an asset or liability cannot be reasonably 
estimated, the asset or liability would generally be recognized in accordance with ASC Topic 450, Contingencies.  
Under ASC Topic 805, the requirements of ASC Topic 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations, would have to be 
met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting.  Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be 
recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, 
nothing should be recognized in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be subject to the 
probable and estimable recognition criteria of ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. Although the Company has not 
entered into any business combinations since adopting ASC Topic 805 on January 1, 2009, the new accounting 
guidance is expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s accounting for future business combinations. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing, amends prior accounting 
guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have 
continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets.  The new authoritative accounting guidance 
eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changes the requirements for derecognizing 
financial assets.  The new authoritative accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures about all continuing 
involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers 
during the period.  The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860 will be effective January 1, 2010, 
and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s ongoing financial position or results of 
operations. 

Presently, the Company is not aware of any other changes to the Accounting Standards Codification that will have a 
material impact on the Company’s present or future financial position or results of operations. 

NOTE 17:  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

The Company and/or its subsidiaries have various unrelated legal proceedings, most of which involve loan foreclosure 
activity pending, which, in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of 
the Company and its subsidiaries.  The Company or its subsidiaries remain the subject of the following lawsuit 
asserting claims against the Company or its subsidiaries.  

On October 1, 2003, an action in Pulaski County Circuit Court was filed by Thomas F. Carter, Tena P. Carter and 
certain related entities against Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas and Simmons First National Bank alleging 
wrongful conduct by the banks in the collection of certain loans.  The Company was later added as a party defendant.  
The plaintiffs were seeking $2,000,000 in compensatory damages and $10,000,000 in punitive damages.  The 
Company and the banks filed Motions to Dismiss.  The plaintiffs were granted additional time to discover any evidence 
for litigation, and submitted such findings.  At the hearing on the Motions for Summary Judgment, the Court dismissed 
Simmons First National Bank due to lack of venue.  Venue was changed to Jefferson County for the Company and 
Simmons First Bank of South Arkansas.  Non-binding mediation failed on June 24, 2008.  A pretrial was conducted on 
July 24, 2008.  Several dispositive motions previously filed were heard on April 9, 2009, and arguments were presented 
on June 22, 2009.  On July 10, 2009, the Court issued its Order dismissing five claims, leaving only a single claim for 
further pursuit in this matter.  On August 18, 2009, Plaintiffs took a nonsuit on their remaining claim of breach of good 
faith and fair dealing, thereby bringing all claims set forth in this action to a conclusion. 

Plaintiffs subsequently filed their Notice of Appeal to the appellate court, have timely lodged the transcript with the 
Supreme Court Clerk, and a briefing schedule has been issued.  The Company intends to contest the appeal and seek 
affirmance of the Court's dismissal of Plaintiffs' claims.  At this time, no basis for any material liability has been 
identified. 

In October 2007, the Company, as a member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. (Visa U.S.A.), received shares of restricted stock in 
Visa, Inc. (Visa) as a result of its participation in the global restructuring of Visa U.S.A., Visa Canada Association, and 
Visa International Service Association in preparation for an initial public offering.  Visa U.S.A asserts that the 
Company and other Visa U.S.A. member banks are obligated to share in potential losses resulting from certain 
litigation.  The Company accrued $1.2 million in 2007 in connection with the Company’s obligation to indemnify Visa 
U.S.A. for costs and liabilities incurred in connection with certain litigation based on the Company’s proportionate 
membership interest in Visa U.S.A. 

As part of Visa’s IPO in the first quarter of 2008, Visa set aside a cash escrow fund for future settlement of covered 
litigation.  As a result, in the first quarter of 2008, the Company reversed the $1.2 million contingent liability 
established in 2007.  On October 27, 2008, Visa notified its U.S.A. members that it had reached a settlement on covered 
litigation with Discover Financial Services, Inc.  This obligation was covered by the litigation escrow fund through an 
additional dilution of Visa Class B shares in the fourth quarter of 2008.  The remaining covered litigation against Visa 
is primarily with card retailers and merchants, mostly related to fees and interchange rates.  As of December 31, 2009, 
the Company has no litigation liability recorded for any additional contingent indemnification obligation.  The 
Company believes that it will not incur litigation expense on the remaining litigation due to the value of its Visa Class B 
shares; however, additional accruals may be required in future periods should the Company’s estimate of its obligations 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under the indemnification agreement change.  The Company must rely on disclosures made by Visa to the public about 
the covered litigation in making estimates of this contingent indemnification obligation. 

NOTE 18: 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

The Company’s subsidiaries are subject to a legal limitation on dividends that can be paid to the parent company 
without prior approval of the applicable regulatory agencies.  The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the 
Currency is required if the total of all the dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of 
its net profits, as defined, for that year, combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years.  Arkansas 
bank regulators have specified that the maximum dividend limit state banks may pay to the parent company without 
prior approval is 75% of the current year earnings plus 75% of the retained net earnings of the preceding year.  At 
December 31, 2009, the Company subsidiaries had approximately $15.2 million in undivided profits available for 
payment of dividends to the Company without prior approval of the regulatory agencies. 

The Company’s subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking 
agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional 
discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial 
statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the 
Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities 
and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s capital 
amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk 
weightings and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum 
amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-
weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes that, 
as of December 31, 2009, the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

As of the most recent notification from regulatory agencies, the subsidiaries were well capitalized under the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and subsidiaries must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no 
conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institutions’ categories. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios along with the Company’s most significant subsidiaries are presented 
in the following table. 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
  Adequacy Purposes     Action Provision 

Minimum 
For Capital 

Amount  Ratio-% 

Amount  Ratio-%   

Actual 
Amount  Ratio-% 

(In thousands) 

As of December 31, 2009 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation 
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

$  373,766 
115,945 
29,832 
25,726 
29,275 
21,056 

19.2  $  155,736 
76,030 
12.2 
19,888 
12.0 
9,800 
21.0 
15,718 
14.9 
11,698 
14.4 

8.0  $ 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 

Tier 1 Capital Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation  
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

Leverage Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation  
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville  
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

349,357 
106,740 
27,124 
24,189 
26,811 
19,793 

349,357 
106,740 
27,124 
24,189 
26,811 
19,793 

17.9 
11.2 
10.9 
19.7 
13.6 
13.5 

11.6 
6.8 
8.7 
13.2 
9.9 
6.9 

78,069 
38,121 
9,954 
4,911 
7,886 
5,865 

120,468 
62,788 
12,471 
7,330 
10,833 
11,474 

4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 

4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 

As of December 31, 2008 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation 
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

$  287,594 
112,220 
27,532 
24,639 
24,358 
20,325 

14.5  $  158,673 
77,393 
11.6 
18,509 
11.9 
10,160 
19.4 
17,093 
11.4 
12,134 
13.4 

8.0  $ 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 

Tier 1 Capital Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation  
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville 
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

Leverage Ratio 

Simmons First National Corporation  
Simmons First National Bank 
Simmons First Bank of Jonesboro 
Simmons First Bank of Russellville  
Simmons First Bank of Northwest Arkansas 
Simmons First Bank of El Dorado, N.A. 

13.2 
10.6 
10.7 
18.2 
10.1 
12.4 

9.1 
7.3 
8.4 
11.5 
7.7 
7.3 

79,566 
38,646 
9,305 
5,066 
8,582 
6,061 

115,415 
56,116 
11,853 
8,018 
11,257 
10,296 

4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 

4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 
4.0 

262,568 
102,412 
24,891 
23,051 
21,669 
18,790 

262,568 
102,412 
24,891 
23,051 
21,669 
18,790 

85 

N/A 
95,037 
24,860 
12,250 
19,648 
14,622 

N/A 
57,182 
14,931 
7,367 
11,828 
8,797 

N/A 
78,485 
15,589 
9,163 
13,541 
14,343 

N/A 
96,741 
23,136 
12,701 
21,367 
15,168 

N/A 
57,969 
13,958 
7,599 
12,873 
9,092 

N/A 
70,145 
14,816 
10,022 
14,071 
12,870 

10.0 
10.0 
10.0 
10.0 
10.0 

6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

5.0 
5.0 
5.0 
5.0 
5.0 

10.0 
10.0 
10.0 
10.0 
10.0 

6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

5.0 
5.0 
5.0 
5.0 
5.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 19:  CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)  

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 
DECEMBER 31, 2009 and 2008 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities 
Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries 
Intangible assets, net  
Premises and equipment 
Other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Long-term debt 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Common stock  
Surplus 
Undivided profits 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale 

securities, net of income taxes of $457 at 2009 

    and $1,913 at 2008 

Total stockholders’ equity 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

$  29,439 
62,851 
303,183 
147 
716 
6,950 
$ 403,286 

$  19,890 
2,401 
291,392 
158 
796 
7,079 
$ 321,716 

$  30,930 
1,109 
32,039 

$  30,930 
1,994 
32,924 

171 
111,694 
258,620 

140 
40,807 
244,655 

762 
  371,247 
$  403,286 

 3,190 
  288,792 
$ 321,716 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

(In thousands) 

INCOME 

Dividends from subsidiaries 
Other income 

EXPENSE 

Income before income taxes and equity in 
undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

Provision for income taxes 

Income before equity in undistributed net 

income of subsidiaries 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$  20,082 
   6,308 
26,390 
  12,201 

14,189 
   (1,931) 

16,120 
   9,090 

$  27,705 
6,015 
33,720 
  10,969 

22,751 
(1,799) 

24,550 
2,360 

$  21,548 
6,288 
27,836 
    10,797 

17,039 
(1,438) 

18,477 
8,883 

NET INCOME 

$  25,210 

$  26,910 

$  27,360 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

(In thousands) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Items not requiring (providing) cash 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Equity in undistributed income of bank subsidiaries 

Changes in 

Other assets 
Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Net (purchases) sales of premises and equipment 
Additional investment in subsidiary 
Purchase of held-to-maturity securities 
Purchase of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from sale or maturity of investment securities 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

$  25,210 

$  26,910 

$  27,360 

251 
(411) 
(9,090) 

(202) 
(885) 
14,873 

(172) 
(5,000) 
-- 
(59,825) 
-- 
(64,997) 

265 
1,122 
(2,360) 

(295) 
(2,763) 
22,879 

1,431 
-- 
(19) 
(1,511) 
1,481 
1,382 

298 
33 
(8,883) 

366 
505 
19,679 

(126) 
-- 
(74) 
-- 
-- 
(200) 

Principal reduction on long-term debt 
Issuance (repurchase) of common stock, net  
Dividends paid 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

-- 
70,918 
(11,245) 
   59,673 

-- 
(212) 
(10,601) 
(10,813) 

(2,000) 
(7,661) 
(10,234) 
(19,895)  

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND  

CASH EQUIVALENTS 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,  

BEGINNING OF YEAR 

9,549 

13,448 

(416) 

19,890 

6,442 

6,858 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

$  29,439 

$  19,890 

$ 

6,442 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

No items are reportable. 

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.  The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer have reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined 
in 15 C. F. R. 240.13a-14(c) and 15 C. F. R. 240.15-14(c)) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based 
upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company's 
current disclosure controls and procedures are effective.  

(b) Changes in Internal Controls.  There were no significant changes in the Company's internal controls or in other 
factors that could significantly affect those controls subsequent to the date of evaluation. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

No items are reportable. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY 

Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held April 20, 2010, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 18, 2010. 

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held April 20, 2010, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 18, 2010. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS 
AND MANAGEMENT 

Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held April 20, 2010, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 18, 2010. 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held April 20, 2010, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 18, 2010. 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held April 20, 2010, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 18, 2010. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a) 1 and 2.  Financial Statements and any Financial Statement Schedules 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index to the consolidated 
financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this report. 

(b) Listing of Exhibits 

       Exhibit No.   

Description 

3.1 

3.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Simmons First National Corporation (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Simmons First National Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2009 (File No. 6253)). 

Amended By-Laws of Simmons First National Corporation (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.2 to Simmons First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year 
ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 6253)). 

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company, 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware and each 
of J. Thomas May, Barry L. Crow and Bob Fehlman as administrative trustees, with respect to 
Simmons First Capital Trust II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Simmons First 
National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 
(File No. 6253)). 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, between the Company and Deutsche 
Bank Trust Company Americas, as guarantee trustee, with respect to Simmons First Capital 
Trust II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Simmons First National Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company and 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, with respect to the junior subordinated 
note held by Simmons First Capital Trust II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
Simmons First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended 
December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company, 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware and each 
of J. Thomas May, Barry L. Crow and Bob Fehlman as administrative trustees, with respect to 
Simmons First Capital Trust III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Simmons First 
National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 
(File No. 6253)). 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, between the Company and Deutsche 
Bank Trust Company Americas, as guarantee trustee, with respect to Simmons First Capital 
Trust III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Simmons First National Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company and 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, with respect to the junior subordinated 
note held by Simmons First Capital Trust III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to 
Simmons First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended 
December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company, 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware and each 
of J. Thomas May, Barry L. Crow and Bob Fehlman as administrative trustees, with respect to 
Simmons First Capital Trust IV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Simmons First 
National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 
(File No. 6253)). 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2003, between the Company and Deutsche 
Bank Trust Company Americas, as guarantee trustee, with respect to Simmons First Capital 
Trust IV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Simmons First National Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2003, among the Company and 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, with respect to the junior subordinated 
note held by Simmons First Capital Trust IV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to 
Simmons First National Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended 
December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

12.1 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.* 

14 

Code of Ethics, dated December 2003, for CEO, CFO, controller and other accounting officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Simmons First National Corporation’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 6253)). 

23 

Consent of BKD, LLP.* 

31.1  

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification – J. Thomas May, Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer.* 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification – Robert A. Fehlman, Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer.* 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sections 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 – J. Thomas May, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.* 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sections 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 – Robert A. Fehlman, Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer.* 

*   Filed herewith. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on or about March 2, 2010. 

 /s/ John L. Rush       
John L. Rush, Secretary 

   March 2, 2010 

Signature 

/s/ J. Thomas May 
J. Thomas May 

/s/ Robert A. Fehlman 
Robert A. Fehlman 

/s/ William E. Clark II 
William E. Clark II 

/s/ Steven A. Cosse′ 
Steven A. Cosse′ 

/s/ Edward Drilling 
Edward Drilling 

/s/ Eugene Hunt 
Eugene Hunt 

/s/ George A. Makris, Jr. 
George A. Makris, Jr. 

/s/ W. Scott McGeorge 
W. Scott McGeorge 

/s/ Stanley E. Reed 
Stanley E. Reed 

/s/ Harry L. Ryburn 
Harry L. Ryburn 

/s/ Robert L. Shoptaw 
Robert L. Shoptaw 

Title 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

and Director 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, J. Thomas May, certify that:  

CERTIFICATION  

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Simmons First National Corporation;  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of 
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the 
registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting 
that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter 
in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal 
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's 
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 2, 2010  

/s/ J. Thomas May  
J. Thomas May 
Chairman and  

Chief Executive Officer 

92  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Robert A. Fehlman, certify that:  

CERTIFICATION  

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Simmons First National Corporation;  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of 
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4.  The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the 
registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting 
that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter 
in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal 
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's 
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 2, 2010 

/s/ Robert A. Fehlman  
Robert A. Fehlman 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

93 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Simmons First National Corporation (the "Company"), on Form 10-K for 
the period ending December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof 
(the "Report"), and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002, J. Thomas May, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.  

/s/ J. Thomas May  

J. Thomas May  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
March 2, 2010 

94  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Simmons First National Corporation (the "Company"), on Form 10-K for 
the period ending December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof 
(the "Report"), and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002, Robert A. Fehlman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies 
that:  

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and  

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.  

/s/ Robert A. Fehlman 

Robert A. Fehlman 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
March 2, 2010 

95  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
w w w . s i m m O N s f i R s T . c O m

Corporate Headquarters:

501 Main Street

Pine Bluff, AR 71601

(870) 541-1000 

Little Rock Corporate Office:

100 Morgan Keegan Dr., Suite 410

Little Rock, AR 72202

(501) 558-3100